Skip to end of metadata
Go to start of metadata

DISA 2011 home

UNECE wikis home


 

Search DISA 2011

Browse by:

Organization

 Other years:

 About DISA

The Database of International Statistical Activities (DISA) lists the activities of over 30 statistical organizations active in the UNECE region. Updated every year, DISA is a coherent catalogue of planned work in international statistics over the coming year.  
1. Demographic and social statistics (OECD)
1. Demographic and social statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration

Purpose

To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, and naturalisations.

Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series (see IMO publication).

Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

Extension of the existing Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) to more than 90 countries of destination. The current version of DIOC-E (release 2.0) covers information on 31 OECD and 58 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 2.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

Developing a dataset on integration of immigrants and their offspring.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Armenia, Belarus, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mongolia, Other, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela.

Databases

Migration Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A large number of tables will be added to the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat (harmonised flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

At least 10 additional non-OECD countries will be included in a third release of DIOC-E in 2011.

Release of the update of DIOC for the years 2005/06 is scheduled for January 2011.

Indicators on integration of immigrants and their offspring will be developed.

Data collection:

Extension of the geographical coverage (incl. non-OECD countries not listed above).

Dissemination of data from the update of DIOC for the year 2005/06

A large set of tables will be added to the dataset (flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; Labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

Gender mainstreaming: Extension of the IMO database to data on flows of immigrant women.

Data management:
As regards to the OECD Database on International Migration, all the metadata have been centrally stored in MetaStore.

Population Projections

Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Creation of the database populated with ELS data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, World

Databases

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update the database with UN revised data for the non member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), Member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment, duration of unemployment. Published output also includes participation and unemployment rates by gender and detailed age groups as well as comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD Member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS.

Databases

Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Quarterly News Release on Employment.
Investigation into further measures of unemployment.

Data collection:

Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics

Purpose

To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor developments in OECD labour markets, and to enhance their international comparability.

To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, statistics to characterise inactivity, etc.

Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterise informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability.

Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

Continuous migration of data and metadata that are relevant for labour market statistics to OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Data collection:

Given the analytical capacity of working with individual records for policy formulation, it is felt important, where possible, to develop the capability for direct access to labour force survey (public use) microdatasets in OECD Member States with a particular focus on non-EU countries.

So far, we have been able to access to labour force survey public use files of 9 OECD countries.

Besides, in the two period of 2009-2010, public use files of household survey microdatasets were collected for Brazil, India, Indonesia and South Africa as well as for Mexico and Turkey.

Further exploration on the availability of labour force and income surveys will be pursued in 2011 to include micro-datasets for Chile, the Russian Federation, and other OECD countries.

In 2011, micro-datasets stored currently are expected to be updated.

Data management:

Partial migration of the Earnings distribution database in 2010, which will be pursued in 2011.

Unit Labour Cost and Competitiveness Indicators

Purpose

To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic sectors (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The key objectives of 2010 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. An early estimate of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. The EEQ ULCs was presented at the 2010 WPNA meeting and received constructive feedbacks. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook. Joint ULC project between STD and ECB was continued.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Major tasks in 2011 will involve the updating and maintenance of the high quality of the data compiled and disseminated, and continued co-operation with ECB as well as reflecting revision of ULC database according to new industrial classification. At the same time, compilation of new ULCs for key non-member countries and G20 countries will be pursued. In addition, preparation of Trade and competiveness at a glance publication will be developed.

Data collection:

Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study

Purpose

The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor's degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

In 2010, contractors have started work on the development, adaptation and translation of assessment frameworks and instruments in all 3 strands of work (generic skills, economics and engineering).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Work in 2011 will involve:
• The small-scale validation of the assessment instruments in all 3 strands through focus groups of students in institutions;
• The development of contextual surveys of students, faculties and institutions to better understand the contexts in which teaching and learning takes place;
• Pre-implementation work.

Subject to funding availability, the 2nd phase of work will be launched, i.e. the international implementation of instruments undertaken in participating countries and institutions.

Subject to funding, the implementation phase could also start in the Asia-Pacific region.

Education (INES activities)

Purpose

To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs

Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

Main achievements in 2011 include the consolidation of the technical documentation of the education data collection, the development of indicators on the net present value of education, the relative earnings according to the level of educational attainment and the social outcomes of education as well as on how efficiently are resources used in education, on how do education systems monitor school performance. It also includes PISA 2009 results, the new indicators on school accountability, upper secondary and tertiary studies by field of education, upper secondary completion rates and the development of trend data on access and graduation to education and on financial aid to students. Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures, consolidation of tertiary indicators and improvement of the quality of ISCED implementation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates. A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection:

New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.
Inclusion of a new questionnaire on Completion rate and average duration of tertiary studies.

Educational Facilities

Purpose

To develop international profiles on educational facilities policy and practice.

Objectives and outputs

The principal objective is to address the need for basic information on facilities-related issues, which commenced in 2009-10 in three data collections involving 11 countries: International Profile on Educational Facilities Policy and Practice; Questionnaire on Strategic Investment Planning (in collaboration with the EIB); and Survey on Space Standards.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, information collection in the previous biennium will be expanded and synthesised, using the social networking site developed in 2010 as the dissemination tool. Information will continue to be collected and updated on current policy-related issues and challenges in countries, decision-making and procurement approaches, process for assessing needs in capital planning projects, and space standards.

Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality

Purpose

To provide OECD Members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills, mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity will contribute to the OECD Skills Strategy.

Objectives and outputs

As part of its 2009-10 Programme of Work, LEED has piloted a new statistical diagnostic tool in three countries (Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom) to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool will be applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data will be collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages, unemployment and migration at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work will be carried out in collaboration with ELS (Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs) and EDU (Directorate for Education) and is a key output within the OECD Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)

Purpose

The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, following the release of the initial report of 2009 data in December 2010, there will be thematic reports produced on digital reading skills and the use of ICT, learning gains (based on the Canadian PISA cohort study) and children of immigrants. The results from the 9 additional countries who implemented PISA 2009 one year later will be published. In addition, there will be thematic reports produced from the PISA 2006 data on career expectations. Thematic analysis on the topics of family resources and of private schooling will be released as OECD working papers.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

2011 will be a further important year for reporting the results from PISA 2009. In addition, the field trial for PISA 2012 will be conducted among the 67 participating countries and economies.

Data collection:

The field trial for the PISA 2012 data collection will be conducted in 2011. As well as data collection in the core subjects of mathematics, reading and science (with mathematics the major domain), there will be data collection from the assessment of problem solving skills (entirely electronic assessment and data collection) and the optional assessment of financial literacy.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

The objective for 2011 is to make final preparations for the main survey (in January-July) and to implement it (in August-March 2012).
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
Cyprus, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The project will enter the implementation phase and commence initial analytical works.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)

Purpose

To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic report on the working experience of new teachers) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013.

TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Other, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The first round of TALIS was completed in 2009 with the first results reported in "Creating effective teaching and learning environments: First results from TALIS", published in June 2009. A selection of indicators was also published in Education at a Glance 2009 and in a thematic report by the European Commission "Teachers's professional development".

The work in 2011 will focus on further exploitation of the data from the first round of TALIS, including through the publication of a thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on innovation in education. The work during 2011 will also focus on the preparation of the next round of data collection, particularly on the development of the survey framework and questionnaires and on the pilot trial.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Accounts

Purpose

To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

The fifth Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2010. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data and also contributed to the improvement in health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A System of Health Accounts database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; and Improving Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services. The consultation process for the revision of the SHA manual has continued. The revision is a collaborative activity of the OECD, Eurostat and WHO.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data (Expenditure and Financing)
System of Health Accounts Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the sixth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

Health Care Quality Indicators

Purpose

The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) Project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They are reported as a regular chapter in Health at a Glance since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

The HCQI Project goals in 2010 are: to review and refine existing quality of care indicators in preparation for the 2010-11 HCQI Data Collection to commence in November 2010; and to undertake data analysis to support research work in relation to the Health Ministerial Meeting in October 2010 and the ongoing priorities of the HCQI Project.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Singapore

Databases

HCQI Data Collection

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations. The main focus is on:
• The development of new patient safety indicators,
• The prospects of getting good information on patient experience, and
• The inclusion of data from additional countries.

The HCQI project will also expand work in the cross-national analysis of the quality of cancer care performance and the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality for understanding observed differences.

Data management:

Ongoing consideration of StatWorks during 2010-11.

Health Data

Purpose

To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The central parts of the database include data on health care resources, their utilisation, health expenditure and financing. This is complemented by data on health status and lifestyle factors affecting health. Developmental work is also under way to obtain comparable data on disparities in health status and health care access and use. Some of these data will be gradually included in OECD Health Data to fill important gaps in measuring this dimension of the performance of health systems.

Objectives and outputs

Progress was achieved in 2010 in improving the availability and comparability of data on certain health-related lifestyle factors, including nutrition and obesity.

Two new editions of "Health at a Glance" were released in December 2010: "Health at a Glance: Europe 2010" (in cooperation with the European Commission) and "Health at a Glance: Asia-Pacific 2010 (in cooperation with the OECD/Korea Policy Centre).

The activity is co-ordinated with Eurostat, WHO Geneva and WHO Europe, notably through a new joint data collection on non-monetary health care statistics which was successfully launched in 2010 to reduce the duplication of work and promote the harmonisation of international data collection and reporting.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data 2011

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improving the availability and comparability of data on health status (morbidity) and health care interventions (surgical procedures). Exploring the possibility to extend the joint data collection between the OECD/Eurostat/WHO Europe to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

Developing data and indicators on disparities in health status and health care access and use, working in collaboration with Eurostat and WHO.

Data management:

Migration of OECD Health Data from the IRDES-based system to StatWorks and MetaStore, and full dissemination in OECD.Stat in 2011.

Mental Health, Disability and Work

Purpose

Over the past four years, the OECD Review "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers" (see www.oecd.org/els/disability) concluded that policy has changed very much in many countries but not enough in most cases; by and large policies remain too passive in nature. The review identified two big questions to be addressed more fervently: First, why so many people take leave of absence or apply for a disability benefit on the grounds of mental illness; and secondly, how people with mental health conditions could be better integrated into the labour market.

The new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness" aims to address these two questions, by drawing lessons from policies and outcomes in ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States).

Objectives and outputs

The launch meeting at OECD headquarters in Paris, April 26-28, 2010 is intended to bring together policymakers, researchers, and other experts who can contribute state-of-the-art evidence and experience to frame the issues surrounding increasing labour market inclusion for individuals with a mental health-related disability.

A data questionnaire was sent in the Autumn 2010 to ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States) participating in the new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness".

Release in November 2010 of "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers - A Synthesis of Findings across OECD Countries" - see www.oecd.org/els/disability.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Preparation of a background report (release in Autumn 2011), including new comparative indicators and analysis on the relationship between mental health conditions, work and benefit recipiency; based on data received from ten OECD countries. The report and the indicators will inform the second phase of the project which aims to provide evidence-based policy conclusions for the countries participating in the project.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Revision of the Canberra Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income

Purpose

To revise the 2005 Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income, in the light of evidence from new research and statistical conventions

Objectives and outputs

Work started in the fall of 2009, continued in 2010 and will be completed by mid-2011. A complete re-draft of the Handbook is now available and will be circulated in early-2011 to the CES Bureau. After circulation to member countries, the final version should be adopted by the CES plenary in June 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A first draft of the revised handbook is now available.


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure

Purpose

The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 on public and mandatory private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas.

Objectives and outputs

Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, from 1980 to 2007.

SOCX (2010) came out in October 2010, including net (after taxes) and voluntary social spending.

Databases

Social expenditures

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Data update every other year. 2006 and 2007 were collected in first semester of 2010.
We should compute some short term spending projections till 2012.

Social Benefit Recipients

Purpose

Detailed data on benefit recipiency in a comparative framework are needed to assess how effective social safety nets are at reaching their objectives.

For instance, they show who benefits from social safety nets, and what share of a targeted population is actually covered. In a longitudinal perspective, these recipiency data help identify the role of safety nets across the economic cycle, and how recipients adjust to changes in programme rules. These questions are essential in the perspective of adapting social systems to future economic and demographic challenges.

Currently, comprehensive data on benefit recipiency is not easily available, and is sometime difficult to obtain even at country level. Furthermore, very little information is usually provided on beneficiary characteristics, almost no information is available on programme entries and exits except in some cases.

The database should ideally cover income replacement benefits and their main supplements paid to the working age population.

Objectives and outputs

A first partial and preliminary version of the database will be made available by December 2011. This version will include annual caseloads for 2008 and, to the extent possible, inflows during the same period. Subject to data availability the number of recipients will be broken down by age and gender.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A



2. Economic Statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration

Purpose

To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, and naturalisations.

Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series (see IMO publication).

Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

Extension of the existing Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) to more than 90 countries of destination. The current version of DIOC-E (release 2.0) covers information on 31 OECD and 58 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 2.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

Developing a dataset on integration of immigrants and their offspring.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Armenia, Belarus, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mongolia, Other, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela.

Databases

Migration Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A large number of tables will be added to the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat (harmonised flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

At least 10 additional non-OECD countries will be included in a third release of DIOC-E in 2011.

Release of the update of DIOC for the years 2005/06 is scheduled for January 2011.

Indicators on integration of immigrants and their offspring will be developed.

Data collection:

Extension of the geographical coverage (incl. non-OECD countries not listed above).

Dissemination of data from the update of DIOC for the year 2005/06

A large set of tables will be added to the dataset (flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; Labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

Gender mainstreaming: Extension of the IMO database to data on flows of immigrant women.

Data management:
As regards to the OECD Database on International Migration, all the metadata have been centrally stored in MetaStore.

Population Projections

Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Creation of the database populated with ELS data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, World

Databases

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update the database with UN revised data for the non member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), Member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment, duration of unemployment. Published output also includes participation and unemployment rates by gender and detailed age groups as well as comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD Member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS.

Databases

Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Quarterly News Release on Employment.
Investigation into further measures of unemployment.

Data collection:

Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics

Purpose

To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor developments in OECD labour markets, and to enhance their international comparability.

To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, statistics to characterise inactivity, etc.

Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterise informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability.

Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

Continuous migration of data and metadata that are relevant for labour market statistics to OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Data collection:

Given the analytical capacity of working with individual records for policy formulation, it is felt important, where possible, to develop the capability for direct access to labour force survey (public use) microdatasets in OECD Member States with a particular focus on non-EU countries.

So far, we have been able to access to labour force survey public use files of 9 OECD countries.

Besides, in the two period of 2009-2010, public use files of household survey microdatasets were collected for Brazil, India, Indonesia and South Africa as well as for Mexico and Turkey.

Further exploration on the availability of labour force and income surveys will be pursued in 2011 to include micro-datasets for Chile, the Russian Federation, and other OECD countries.

In 2011, micro-datasets stored currently are expected to be updated.

Data management:

Partial migration of the Earnings distribution database in 2010, which will be pursued in 2011.

Unit Labour Cost and Competitiveness Indicators

Purpose

To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic sectors (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The key objectives of 2010 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. An early estimate of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. The EEQ ULCs was presented at the 2010 WPNA meeting and received constructive feedbacks. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook. Joint ULC project between STD and ECB was continued.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Major tasks in 2011 will involve the updating and maintenance of the high quality of the data compiled and disseminated, and continued co-operation with ECB as well as reflecting revision of ULC database according to new industrial classification. At the same time, compilation of new ULCs for key non-member countries and G20 countries will be pursued. In addition, preparation of Trade and competiveness at a glance publication will be developed.

Data collection:

Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study

Purpose

The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor's degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

In 2010, contractors have started work on the development, adaptation and translation of assessment frameworks and instruments in all 3 strands of work (generic skills, economics and engineering).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Work in 2011 will involve:
• The small-scale validation of the assessment instruments in all 3 strands through focus groups of students in institutions;
• The development of contextual surveys of students, faculties and institutions to better understand the contexts in which teaching and learning takes place;
• Pre-implementation work.

Subject to funding availability, the 2nd phase of work will be launched, i.e. the international implementation of instruments undertaken in participating countries and institutions.

Subject to funding, the implementation phase could also start in the Asia-Pacific region.

Education (INES activities)

Purpose

To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs

Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

Main achievements in 2011 include the consolidation of the technical documentation of the education data collection, the development of indicators on the net present value of education, the relative earnings according to the level of educational attainment and the social outcomes of education as well as on how efficiently are resources used in education, on how do education systems monitor school performance. It also includes PISA 2009 results, the new indicators on school accountability, upper secondary and tertiary studies by field of education, upper secondary completion rates and the development of trend data on access and graduation to education and on financial aid to students. Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures, consolidation of tertiary indicators and improvement of the quality of ISCED implementation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates. A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection:

New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.
Inclusion of a new questionnaire on Completion rate and average duration of tertiary studies.

Educational Facilities

Purpose

To develop international profiles on educational facilities policy and practice.

Objectives and outputs

The principal objective is to address the need for basic information on facilities-related issues, which commenced in 2009-10 in three data collections involving 11 countries: International Profile on Educational Facilities Policy and Practice; Questionnaire on Strategic Investment Planning (in collaboration with the EIB); and Survey on Space Standards.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, information collection in the previous biennium will be expanded and synthesised, using the social networking site developed in 2010 as the dissemination tool. Information will continue to be collected and updated on current policy-related issues and challenges in countries, decision-making and procurement approaches, process for assessing needs in capital planning projects, and space standards.

Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality

Purpose

To provide OECD Members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills, mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity will contribute to the OECD Skills Strategy.

Objectives and outputs

As part of its 2009-10 Programme of Work, LEED has piloted a new statistical diagnostic tool in three countries (Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom) to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool will be applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data will be collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages, unemployment and migration at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work will be carried out in collaboration with ELS (Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs) and EDU (Directorate for Education) and is a key output within the OECD Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)

Purpose

The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, following the release of the initial report of 2009 data in December 2010, there will be thematic reports produced on digital reading skills and the use of ICT, learning gains (based on the Canadian PISA cohort study) and children of immigrants. The results from the 9 additional countries who implemented PISA 2009 one year later will be published. In addition, there will be thematic reports produced from the PISA 2006 data on career expectations. Thematic analysis on the topics of family resources and of private schooling will be released as OECD working papers.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

2011 will be a further important year for reporting the results from PISA 2009. In addition, the field trial for PISA 2012 will be conducted among the 67 participating countries and economies.

Data collection:

The field trial for the PISA 2012 data collection will be conducted in 2011. As well as data collection in the core subjects of mathematics, reading and science (with mathematics the major domain), there will be data collection from the assessment of problem solving skills (entirely electronic assessment and data collection) and the optional assessment of financial literacy.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

The objective for 2011 is to make final preparations for the main survey (in January-July) and to implement it (in August-March 2012).
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
Cyprus, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The project will enter the implementation phase and commence initial analytical works.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)

Purpose

To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic report on the working experience of new teachers) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013.

TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Other, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The first round of TALIS was completed in 2009 with the first results reported in "Creating effective teaching and learning environments: First results from TALIS", published in June 2009. A selection of indicators was also published in Education at a Glance 2009 and in a thematic report by the European Commission "Teachers's professional development".

The work in 2011 will focus on further exploitation of the data from the first round of TALIS, including through the publication of a thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on innovation in education. The work during 2011 will also focus on the preparation of the next round of data collection, particularly on the development of the survey framework and questionnaires and on the pilot trial.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Accounts

Purpose

To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

The fifth Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2010. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data and also contributed to the improvement in health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A System of Health Accounts database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; and Improving Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services. The consultation process for the revision of the SHA manual has continued. The revision is a collaborative activity of the OECD, Eurostat and WHO.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data (Expenditure and Financing)
System of Health Accounts Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the sixth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

Health Care Quality Indicators

Purpose

The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) Project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They are reported as a regular chapter in Health at a Glance since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

The HCQI Project goals in 2010 are: to review and refine existing quality of care indicators in preparation for the 2010-11 HCQI Data Collection to commence in November 2010; and to undertake data analysis to support research work in relation to the Health Ministerial Meeting in October 2010 and the ongoing priorities of the HCQI Project.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Singapore

Databases

HCQI Data Collection

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations. The main focus is on:
• The development of new patient safety indicators,
• The prospects of getting good information on patient experience, and
• The inclusion of data from additional countries.

The HCQI project will also expand work in the cross-national analysis of the quality of cancer care performance and the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality for understanding observed differences.

Data management:

Ongoing consideration of StatWorks during 2010-11.

Health Data

Purpose

To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The central parts of the database include data on health care resources, their utilisation, health expenditure and financing. This is complemented by data on health status and lifestyle factors affecting health. Developmental work is also under way to obtain comparable data on disparities in health status and health care access and use. Some of these data will be gradually included in OECD Health Data to fill important gaps in measuring this dimension of the performance of health systems.

Objectives and outputs

Progress was achieved in 2010 in improving the availability and comparability of data on certain health-related lifestyle factors, including nutrition and obesity.

Two new editions of "Health at a Glance" were released in December 2010: "Health at a Glance: Europe 2010" (in cooperation with the European Commission) and "Health at a Glance: Asia-Pacific 2010 (in cooperation with the OECD/Korea Policy Centre).

The activity is co-ordinated with Eurostat, WHO Geneva and WHO Europe, notably through a new joint data collection on non-monetary health care statistics which was successfully launched in 2010 to reduce the duplication of work and promote the harmonisation of international data collection and reporting.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data 2011

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improving the availability and comparability of data on health status (morbidity) and health care interventions (surgical procedures). Exploring the possibility to extend the joint data collection between the OECD/Eurostat/WHO Europe to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

Developing data and indicators on disparities in health status and health care access and use, working in collaboration with Eurostat and WHO.

Data management:

Migration of OECD Health Data from the IRDES-based system to StatWorks and MetaStore, and full dissemination in OECD.Stat in 2011.

Mental Health, Disability and Work

Purpose

Over the past four years, the OECD Review "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers" (see www.oecd.org/els/disability) concluded that policy has changed very much in many countries but not enough in most cases; by and large policies remain too passive in nature. The review identified two big questions to be addressed more fervently: First, why so many people take leave of absence or apply for a disability benefit on the grounds of mental illness; and secondly, how people with mental health conditions could be better integrated into the labour market.

The new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness" aims to address these two questions, by drawing lessons from policies and outcomes in ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States).

Objectives and outputs

The launch meeting at OECD headquarters in Paris, April 26-28, 2010 is intended to bring together policymakers, researchers, and other experts who can contribute state-of-the-art evidence and experience to frame the issues surrounding increasing labour market inclusion for individuals with a mental health-related disability.

A data questionnaire was sent in the Autumn 2010 to ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States) participating in the new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness".

Release in November 2010 of "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers - A Synthesis of Findings across OECD Countries" - see www.oecd.org/els/disability.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Preparation of a background report (release in Autumn 2011), including new comparative indicators and analysis on the relationship between mental health conditions, work and benefit recipiency; based on data received from ten OECD countries. The report and the indicators will inform the second phase of the project which aims to provide evidence-based policy conclusions for the countries participating in the project.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Revision of the Canberra Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income

Purpose

To revise the 2005 Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income, in the light of evidence from new research and statistical conventions

Objectives and outputs

Work started in the fall of 2009, continued in 2010 and will be completed by mid-2011. A complete re-draft of the Handbook is now available and will be circulated in early-2011 to the CES Bureau. After circulation to member countries, the final version should be adopted by the CES plenary in June 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A first draft of the revised handbook is now available.


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure

Purpose

The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 on public and mandatory private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas.

Objectives and outputs

Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, from 1980 to 2007.

SOCX (2010) came out in October 2010, including net (after taxes) and voluntary social spending.

Databases

Social expenditures

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Data update every other year. 2006 and 2007 were collected in first semester of 2010.
We should compute some short term spending projections till 2012.

Social Benefit Recipients

Purpose

Detailed data on benefit recipiency in a comparative framework are needed to assess how effective social safety nets are at reaching their objectives.

For instance, they show who benefits from social safety nets, and what share of a targeted population is actually covered. In a longitudinal perspective, these recipiency data help identify the role of safety nets across the economic cycle, and how recipients adjust to changes in programme rules. These questions are essential in the perspective of adapting social systems to future economic and demographic challenges.

Currently, comprehensive data on benefit recipiency is not easily available, and is sometime difficult to obtain even at country level. Furthermore, very little information is usually provided on beneficiary characteristics, almost no information is available on programme entries and exits except in some cases.

The database should ideally cover income replacement benefits and their main supplements paid to the working age population.

Objectives and outputs

A first partial and preliminary version of the database will be made available by December 2011. This version will include annual caseloads for 2008 and, to the extent possible, inflows during the same period. Subject to data availability the number of recipients will be broken down by age and gender.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A



3. Environment and multi-domain statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration

Purpose

To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, and naturalisations.

Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series (see IMO publication).

Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

Extension of the existing Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) to more than 90 countries of destination. The current version of DIOC-E (release 2.0) covers information on 31 OECD and 58 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 2.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

Developing a dataset on integration of immigrants and their offspring.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Armenia, Belarus, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mongolia, Other, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela.

Databases

Migration Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A large number of tables will be added to the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat (harmonised flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

At least 10 additional non-OECD countries will be included in a third release of DIOC-E in 2011.

Release of the update of DIOC for the years 2005/06 is scheduled for January 2011.

Indicators on integration of immigrants and their offspring will be developed.

Data collection:

Extension of the geographical coverage (incl. non-OECD countries not listed above).

Dissemination of data from the update of DIOC for the year 2005/06

A large set of tables will be added to the dataset (flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; Labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

Gender mainstreaming: Extension of the IMO database to data on flows of immigrant women.

Data management:
As regards to the OECD Database on International Migration, all the metadata have been centrally stored in MetaStore.

Population Projections

Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Creation of the database populated with ELS data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, World

Databases

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update the database with UN revised data for the non member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), Member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment, duration of unemployment. Published output also includes participation and unemployment rates by gender and detailed age groups as well as comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD Member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS.

Databases

Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Quarterly News Release on Employment.
Investigation into further measures of unemployment.

Data collection:

Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics

Purpose

To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor developments in OECD labour markets, and to enhance their international comparability.

To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, statistics to characterise inactivity, etc.

Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterise informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability.

Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

Continuous migration of data and metadata that are relevant for labour market statistics to OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Data collection:

Given the analytical capacity of working with individual records for policy formulation, it is felt important, where possible, to develop the capability for direct access to labour force survey (public use) microdatasets in OECD Member States with a particular focus on non-EU countries.

So far, we have been able to access to labour force survey public use files of 9 OECD countries.

Besides, in the two period of 2009-2010, public use files of household survey microdatasets were collected for Brazil, India, Indonesia and South Africa as well as for Mexico and Turkey.

Further exploration on the availability of labour force and income surveys will be pursued in 2011 to include micro-datasets for Chile, the Russian Federation, and other OECD countries.

In 2011, micro-datasets stored currently are expected to be updated.

Data management:

Partial migration of the Earnings distribution database in 2010, which will be pursued in 2011.

Unit Labour Cost and Competitiveness Indicators

Purpose

To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic sectors (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The key objectives of 2010 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. An early estimate of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. The EEQ ULCs was presented at the 2010 WPNA meeting and received constructive feedbacks. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook. Joint ULC project between STD and ECB was continued.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Major tasks in 2011 will involve the updating and maintenance of the high quality of the data compiled and disseminated, and continued co-operation with ECB as well as reflecting revision of ULC database according to new industrial classification. At the same time, compilation of new ULCs for key non-member countries and G20 countries will be pursued. In addition, preparation of Trade and competiveness at a glance publication will be developed.

Data collection:

Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study

Purpose

The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor's degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

In 2010, contractors have started work on the development, adaptation and translation of assessment frameworks and instruments in all 3 strands of work (generic skills, economics and engineering).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Work in 2011 will involve:
• The small-scale validation of the assessment instruments in all 3 strands through focus groups of students in institutions;
• The development of contextual surveys of students, faculties and institutions to better understand the contexts in which teaching and learning takes place;
• Pre-implementation work.

Subject to funding availability, the 2nd phase of work will be launched, i.e. the international implementation of instruments undertaken in participating countries and institutions.

Subject to funding, the implementation phase could also start in the Asia-Pacific region.

Education (INES activities)

Purpose

To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs

Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

Main achievements in 2011 include the consolidation of the technical documentation of the education data collection, the development of indicators on the net present value of education, the relative earnings according to the level of educational attainment and the social outcomes of education as well as on how efficiently are resources used in education, on how do education systems monitor school performance. It also includes PISA 2009 results, the new indicators on school accountability, upper secondary and tertiary studies by field of education, upper secondary completion rates and the development of trend data on access and graduation to education and on financial aid to students. Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures, consolidation of tertiary indicators and improvement of the quality of ISCED implementation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates. A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection:

New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.
Inclusion of a new questionnaire on Completion rate and average duration of tertiary studies.

Educational Facilities

Purpose

To develop international profiles on educational facilities policy and practice.

Objectives and outputs

The principal objective is to address the need for basic information on facilities-related issues, which commenced in 2009-10 in three data collections involving 11 countries: International Profile on Educational Facilities Policy and Practice; Questionnaire on Strategic Investment Planning (in collaboration with the EIB); and Survey on Space Standards.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, information collection in the previous biennium will be expanded and synthesised, using the social networking site developed in 2010 as the dissemination tool. Information will continue to be collected and updated on current policy-related issues and challenges in countries, decision-making and procurement approaches, process for assessing needs in capital planning projects, and space standards.

Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality

Purpose

To provide OECD Members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills, mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity will contribute to the OECD Skills Strategy.

Objectives and outputs

As part of its 2009-10 Programme of Work, LEED has piloted a new statistical diagnostic tool in three countries (Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom) to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool will be applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data will be collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages, unemployment and migration at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work will be carried out in collaboration with ELS (Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs) and EDU (Directorate for Education) and is a key output within the OECD Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)

Purpose

The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, following the release of the initial report of 2009 data in December 2010, there will be thematic reports produced on digital reading skills and the use of ICT, learning gains (based on the Canadian PISA cohort study) and children of immigrants. The results from the 9 additional countries who implemented PISA 2009 one year later will be published. In addition, there will be thematic reports produced from the PISA 2006 data on career expectations. Thematic analysis on the topics of family resources and of private schooling will be released as OECD working papers.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

2011 will be a further important year for reporting the results from PISA 2009. In addition, the field trial for PISA 2012 will be conducted among the 67 participating countries and economies.

Data collection:

The field trial for the PISA 2012 data collection will be conducted in 2011. As well as data collection in the core subjects of mathematics, reading and science (with mathematics the major domain), there will be data collection from the assessment of problem solving skills (entirely electronic assessment and data collection) and the optional assessment of financial literacy.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

The objective for 2011 is to make final preparations for the main survey (in January-July) and to implement it (in August-March 2012).
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
Cyprus, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The project will enter the implementation phase and commence initial analytical works.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)

Purpose

To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic report on the working experience of new teachers) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013.

TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Other, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The first round of TALIS was completed in 2009 with the first results reported in "Creating effective teaching and learning environments: First results from TALIS", published in June 2009. A selection of indicators was also published in Education at a Glance 2009 and in a thematic report by the European Commission "Teachers's professional development".

The work in 2011 will focus on further exploitation of the data from the first round of TALIS, including through the publication of a thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on innovation in education. The work during 2011 will also focus on the preparation of the next round of data collection, particularly on the development of the survey framework and questionnaires and on the pilot trial.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Accounts

Purpose

To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

The fifth Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2010. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data and also contributed to the improvement in health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A System of Health Accounts database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; and Improving Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services. The consultation process for the revision of the SHA manual has continued. The revision is a collaborative activity of the OECD, Eurostat and WHO.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data (Expenditure and Financing)
System of Health Accounts Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the sixth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

Health Care Quality Indicators

Purpose

The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) Project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They are reported as a regular chapter in Health at a Glance since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

The HCQI Project goals in 2010 are: to review and refine existing quality of care indicators in preparation for the 2010-11 HCQI Data Collection to commence in November 2010; and to undertake data analysis to support research work in relation to the Health Ministerial Meeting in October 2010 and the ongoing priorities of the HCQI Project.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Singapore

Databases

HCQI Data Collection

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations. The main focus is on:
• The development of new patient safety indicators,
• The prospects of getting good information on patient experience, and
• The inclusion of data from additional countries.

The HCQI project will also expand work in the cross-national analysis of the quality of cancer care performance and the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality for understanding observed differences.

Data management:

Ongoing consideration of StatWorks during 2010-11.

Health Data

Purpose

To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The central parts of the database include data on health care resources, their utilisation, health expenditure and financing. This is complemented by data on health status and lifestyle factors affecting health. Developmental work is also under way to obtain comparable data on disparities in health status and health care access and use. Some of these data will be gradually included in OECD Health Data to fill important gaps in measuring this dimension of the performance of health systems.

Objectives and outputs

Progress was achieved in 2010 in improving the availability and comparability of data on certain health-related lifestyle factors, including nutrition and obesity.

Two new editions of "Health at a Glance" were released in December 2010: "Health at a Glance: Europe 2010" (in cooperation with the European Commission) and "Health at a Glance: Asia-Pacific 2010 (in cooperation with the OECD/Korea Policy Centre).

The activity is co-ordinated with Eurostat, WHO Geneva and WHO Europe, notably through a new joint data collection on non-monetary health care statistics which was successfully launched in 2010 to reduce the duplication of work and promote the harmonisation of international data collection and reporting.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data 2011

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improving the availability and comparability of data on health status (morbidity) and health care interventions (surgical procedures). Exploring the possibility to extend the joint data collection between the OECD/Eurostat/WHO Europe to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

Developing data and indicators on disparities in health status and health care access and use, working in collaboration with Eurostat and WHO.

Data management:

Migration of OECD Health Data from the IRDES-based system to StatWorks and MetaStore, and full dissemination in OECD.Stat in 2011.

Mental Health, Disability and Work

Purpose

Over the past four years, the OECD Review "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers" (see www.oecd.org/els/disability) concluded that policy has changed very much in many countries but not enough in most cases; by and large policies remain too passive in nature. The review identified two big questions to be addressed more fervently: First, why so many people take leave of absence or apply for a disability benefit on the grounds of mental illness; and secondly, how people with mental health conditions could be better integrated into the labour market.

The new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness" aims to address these two questions, by drawing lessons from policies and outcomes in ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States).

Objectives and outputs

The launch meeting at OECD headquarters in Paris, April 26-28, 2010 is intended to bring together policymakers, researchers, and other experts who can contribute state-of-the-art evidence and experience to frame the issues surrounding increasing labour market inclusion for individuals with a mental health-related disability.

A data questionnaire was sent in the Autumn 2010 to ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States) participating in the new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness".

Release in November 2010 of "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers - A Synthesis of Findings across OECD Countries" - see www.oecd.org/els/disability.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Preparation of a background report (release in Autumn 2011), including new comparative indicators and analysis on the relationship between mental health conditions, work and benefit recipiency; based on data received from ten OECD countries. The report and the indicators will inform the second phase of the project which aims to provide evidence-based policy conclusions for the countries participating in the project.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Revision of the Canberra Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income

Purpose

To revise the 2005 Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income, in the light of evidence from new research and statistical conventions

Objectives and outputs

Work started in the fall of 2009, continued in 2010 and will be completed by mid-2011. A complete re-draft of the Handbook is now available and will be circulated in early-2011 to the CES Bureau. After circulation to member countries, the final version should be adopted by the CES plenary in June 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A first draft of the revised handbook is now available.


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure

Purpose

The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 on public and mandatory private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas.

Objectives and outputs

Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, from 1980 to 2007.

SOCX (2010) came out in October 2010, including net (after taxes) and voluntary social spending.

Databases

Social expenditures

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Data update every other year. 2006 and 2007 were collected in first semester of 2010.
We should compute some short term spending projections till 2012.

Social Benefit Recipients

Purpose

Detailed data on benefit recipiency in a comparative framework are needed to assess how effective social safety nets are at reaching their objectives.

For instance, they show who benefits from social safety nets, and what share of a targeted population is actually covered. In a longitudinal perspective, these recipiency data help identify the role of safety nets across the economic cycle, and how recipients adjust to changes in programme rules. These questions are essential in the perspective of adapting social systems to future economic and demographic challenges.

Currently, comprehensive data on benefit recipiency is not easily available, and is sometime difficult to obtain even at country level. Furthermore, very little information is usually provided on beneficiary characteristics, almost no information is available on programme entries and exits except in some cases.

The database should ideally cover income replacement benefits and their main supplements paid to the working age population.

Objectives and outputs

A first partial and preliminary version of the database will be made available by December 2011. This version will include annual caseloads for 2008 and, to the extent possible, inflows during the same period. Subject to data availability the number of recipients will be broken down by age and gender.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A



4. Methodology of data collection, processing, dissemination and analysis (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration

Purpose

To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, and naturalisations.

Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series (see IMO publication).

Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

Extension of the existing Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) to more than 90 countries of destination. The current version of DIOC-E (release 2.0) covers information on 31 OECD and 58 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 2.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

Developing a dataset on integration of immigrants and their offspring.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Armenia, Belarus, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mongolia, Other, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela.

Databases

Migration Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A large number of tables will be added to the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat (harmonised flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

At least 10 additional non-OECD countries will be included in a third release of DIOC-E in 2011.

Release of the update of DIOC for the years 2005/06 is scheduled for January 2011.

Indicators on integration of immigrants and their offspring will be developed.

Data collection:

Extension of the geographical coverage (incl. non-OECD countries not listed above).

Dissemination of data from the update of DIOC for the year 2005/06

A large set of tables will be added to the dataset (flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; Labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

Gender mainstreaming: Extension of the IMO database to data on flows of immigrant women.

Data management:
As regards to the OECD Database on International Migration, all the metadata have been centrally stored in MetaStore.

Population Projections

Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Creation of the database populated with ELS data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, World

Databases

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update the database with UN revised data for the non member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), Member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment, duration of unemployment. Published output also includes participation and unemployment rates by gender and detailed age groups as well as comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD Member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS.

Databases

Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Quarterly News Release on Employment.
Investigation into further measures of unemployment.

Data collection:

Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics

Purpose

To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor developments in OECD labour markets, and to enhance their international comparability.

To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, statistics to characterise inactivity, etc.

Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterise informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability.

Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

Continuous migration of data and metadata that are relevant for labour market statistics to OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Data collection:

Given the analytical capacity of working with individual records for policy formulation, it is felt important, where possible, to develop the capability for direct access to labour force survey (public use) microdatasets in OECD Member States with a particular focus on non-EU countries.

So far, we have been able to access to labour force survey public use files of 9 OECD countries.

Besides, in the two period of 2009-2010, public use files of household survey microdatasets were collected for Brazil, India, Indonesia and South Africa as well as for Mexico and Turkey.

Further exploration on the availability of labour force and income surveys will be pursued in 2011 to include micro-datasets for Chile, the Russian Federation, and other OECD countries.

In 2011, micro-datasets stored currently are expected to be updated.

Data management:

Partial migration of the Earnings distribution database in 2010, which will be pursued in 2011.

Unit Labour Cost and Competitiveness Indicators

Purpose

To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic sectors (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The key objectives of 2010 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. An early estimate of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. The EEQ ULCs was presented at the 2010 WPNA meeting and received constructive feedbacks. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook. Joint ULC project between STD and ECB was continued.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Major tasks in 2011 will involve the updating and maintenance of the high quality of the data compiled and disseminated, and continued co-operation with ECB as well as reflecting revision of ULC database according to new industrial classification. At the same time, compilation of new ULCs for key non-member countries and G20 countries will be pursued. In addition, preparation of Trade and competiveness at a glance publication will be developed.

Data collection:

Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study

Purpose

The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor's degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

In 2010, contractors have started work on the development, adaptation and translation of assessment frameworks and instruments in all 3 strands of work (generic skills, economics and engineering).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Work in 2011 will involve:
• The small-scale validation of the assessment instruments in all 3 strands through focus groups of students in institutions;
• The development of contextual surveys of students, faculties and institutions to better understand the contexts in which teaching and learning takes place;
• Pre-implementation work.

Subject to funding availability, the 2nd phase of work will be launched, i.e. the international implementation of instruments undertaken in participating countries and institutions.

Subject to funding, the implementation phase could also start in the Asia-Pacific region.

Education (INES activities)

Purpose

To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs

Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

Main achievements in 2011 include the consolidation of the technical documentation of the education data collection, the development of indicators on the net present value of education, the relative earnings according to the level of educational attainment and the social outcomes of education as well as on how efficiently are resources used in education, on how do education systems monitor school performance. It also includes PISA 2009 results, the new indicators on school accountability, upper secondary and tertiary studies by field of education, upper secondary completion rates and the development of trend data on access and graduation to education and on financial aid to students. Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures, consolidation of tertiary indicators and improvement of the quality of ISCED implementation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates. A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection:

New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.
Inclusion of a new questionnaire on Completion rate and average duration of tertiary studies.

Educational Facilities

Purpose

To develop international profiles on educational facilities policy and practice.

Objectives and outputs

The principal objective is to address the need for basic information on facilities-related issues, which commenced in 2009-10 in three data collections involving 11 countries: International Profile on Educational Facilities Policy and Practice; Questionnaire on Strategic Investment Planning (in collaboration with the EIB); and Survey on Space Standards.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, information collection in the previous biennium will be expanded and synthesised, using the social networking site developed in 2010 as the dissemination tool. Information will continue to be collected and updated on current policy-related issues and challenges in countries, decision-making and procurement approaches, process for assessing needs in capital planning projects, and space standards.

Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality

Purpose

To provide OECD Members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills, mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity will contribute to the OECD Skills Strategy.

Objectives and outputs

As part of its 2009-10 Programme of Work, LEED has piloted a new statistical diagnostic tool in three countries (Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom) to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool will be applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data will be collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages, unemployment and migration at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work will be carried out in collaboration with ELS (Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs) and EDU (Directorate for Education) and is a key output within the OECD Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)

Purpose

The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, following the release of the initial report of 2009 data in December 2010, there will be thematic reports produced on digital reading skills and the use of ICT, learning gains (based on the Canadian PISA cohort study) and children of immigrants. The results from the 9 additional countries who implemented PISA 2009 one year later will be published. In addition, there will be thematic reports produced from the PISA 2006 data on career expectations. Thematic analysis on the topics of family resources and of private schooling will be released as OECD working papers.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

2011 will be a further important year for reporting the results from PISA 2009. In addition, the field trial for PISA 2012 will be conducted among the 67 participating countries and economies.

Data collection:

The field trial for the PISA 2012 data collection will be conducted in 2011. As well as data collection in the core subjects of mathematics, reading and science (with mathematics the major domain), there will be data collection from the assessment of problem solving skills (entirely electronic assessment and data collection) and the optional assessment of financial literacy.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

The objective for 2011 is to make final preparations for the main survey (in January-July) and to implement it (in August-March 2012).
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
Cyprus, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The project will enter the implementation phase and commence initial analytical works.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)

Purpose

To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic report on the working experience of new teachers) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013.

TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Other, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The first round of TALIS was completed in 2009 with the first results reported in "Creating effective teaching and learning environments: First results from TALIS", published in June 2009. A selection of indicators was also published in Education at a Glance 2009 and in a thematic report by the European Commission "Teachers's professional development".

The work in 2011 will focus on further exploitation of the data from the first round of TALIS, including through the publication of a thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on innovation in education. The work during 2011 will also focus on the preparation of the next round of data collection, particularly on the development of the survey framework and questionnaires and on the pilot trial.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Accounts

Purpose

To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

The fifth Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2010. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data and also contributed to the improvement in health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A System of Health Accounts database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; and Improving Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services. The consultation process for the revision of the SHA manual has continued. The revision is a collaborative activity of the OECD, Eurostat and WHO.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data (Expenditure and Financing)
System of Health Accounts Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the sixth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

Health Care Quality Indicators

Purpose

The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) Project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They are reported as a regular chapter in Health at a Glance since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

The HCQI Project goals in 2010 are: to review and refine existing quality of care indicators in preparation for the 2010-11 HCQI Data Collection to commence in November 2010; and to undertake data analysis to support research work in relation to the Health Ministerial Meeting in October 2010 and the ongoing priorities of the HCQI Project.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Singapore

Databases

HCQI Data Collection

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations. The main focus is on:
• The development of new patient safety indicators,
• The prospects of getting good information on patient experience, and
• The inclusion of data from additional countries.

The HCQI project will also expand work in the cross-national analysis of the quality of cancer care performance and the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality for understanding observed differences.

Data management:

Ongoing consideration of StatWorks during 2010-11.

Health Data

Purpose

To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The central parts of the database include data on health care resources, their utilisation, health expenditure and financing. This is complemented by data on health status and lifestyle factors affecting health. Developmental work is also under way to obtain comparable data on disparities in health status and health care access and use. Some of these data will be gradually included in OECD Health Data to fill important gaps in measuring this dimension of the performance of health systems.

Objectives and outputs

Progress was achieved in 2010 in improving the availability and comparability of data on certain health-related lifestyle factors, including nutrition and obesity.

Two new editions of "Health at a Glance" were released in December 2010: "Health at a Glance: Europe 2010" (in cooperation with the European Commission) and "Health at a Glance: Asia-Pacific 2010 (in cooperation with the OECD/Korea Policy Centre).

The activity is co-ordinated with Eurostat, WHO Geneva and WHO Europe, notably through a new joint data collection on non-monetary health care statistics which was successfully launched in 2010 to reduce the duplication of work and promote the harmonisation of international data collection and reporting.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data 2011

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improving the availability and comparability of data on health status (morbidity) and health care interventions (surgical procedures). Exploring the possibility to extend the joint data collection between the OECD/Eurostat/WHO Europe to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

Developing data and indicators on disparities in health status and health care access and use, working in collaboration with Eurostat and WHO.

Data management:

Migration of OECD Health Data from the IRDES-based system to StatWorks and MetaStore, and full dissemination in OECD.Stat in 2011.

Mental Health, Disability and Work

Purpose

Over the past four years, the OECD Review "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers" (see www.oecd.org/els/disability) concluded that policy has changed very much in many countries but not enough in most cases; by and large policies remain too passive in nature. The review identified two big questions to be addressed more fervently: First, why so many people take leave of absence or apply for a disability benefit on the grounds of mental illness; and secondly, how people with mental health conditions could be better integrated into the labour market.

The new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness" aims to address these two questions, by drawing lessons from policies and outcomes in ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States).

Objectives and outputs

The launch meeting at OECD headquarters in Paris, April 26-28, 2010 is intended to bring together policymakers, researchers, and other experts who can contribute state-of-the-art evidence and experience to frame the issues surrounding increasing labour market inclusion for individuals with a mental health-related disability.

A data questionnaire was sent in the Autumn 2010 to ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States) participating in the new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness".

Release in November 2010 of "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers - A Synthesis of Findings across OECD Countries" - see www.oecd.org/els/disability.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Preparation of a background report (release in Autumn 2011), including new comparative indicators and analysis on the relationship between mental health conditions, work and benefit recipiency; based on data received from ten OECD countries. The report and the indicators will inform the second phase of the project which aims to provide evidence-based policy conclusions for the countries participating in the project.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Revision of the Canberra Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income

Purpose

To revise the 2005 Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income, in the light of evidence from new research and statistical conventions

Objectives and outputs

Work started in the fall of 2009, continued in 2010 and will be completed by mid-2011. A complete re-draft of the Handbook is now available and will be circulated in early-2011 to the CES Bureau. After circulation to member countries, the final version should be adopted by the CES plenary in June 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A first draft of the revised handbook is now available.


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure

Purpose

The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 on public and mandatory private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas.

Objectives and outputs

Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, from 1980 to 2007.

SOCX (2010) came out in October 2010, including net (after taxes) and voluntary social spending.

Databases

Social expenditures

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Data update every other year. 2006 and 2007 were collected in first semester of 2010.
We should compute some short term spending projections till 2012.

Social Benefit Recipients

Purpose

Detailed data on benefit recipiency in a comparative framework are needed to assess how effective social safety nets are at reaching their objectives.

For instance, they show who benefits from social safety nets, and what share of a targeted population is actually covered. In a longitudinal perspective, these recipiency data help identify the role of safety nets across the economic cycle, and how recipients adjust to changes in programme rules. These questions are essential in the perspective of adapting social systems to future economic and demographic challenges.

Currently, comprehensive data on benefit recipiency is not easily available, and is sometime difficult to obtain even at country level. Furthermore, very little information is usually provided on beneficiary characteristics, almost no information is available on programme entries and exits except in some cases.

The database should ideally cover income replacement benefits and their main supplements paid to the working age population.

Objectives and outputs

A first partial and preliminary version of the database will be made available by December 2011. This version will include annual caseloads for 2008 and, to the extent possible, inflows during the same period. Subject to data availability the number of recipients will be broken down by age and gender.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A



5. Strategic and managerial issues of official statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration

Purpose

To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, and naturalisations.

Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series (see IMO publication).

Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

Extension of the existing Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) to more than 90 countries of destination. The current version of DIOC-E (release 2.0) covers information on 31 OECD and 58 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 2.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

Developing a dataset on integration of immigrants and their offspring.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Armenia, Belarus, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mongolia, Other, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela.

Databases

Migration Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A large number of tables will be added to the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat (harmonised flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

At least 10 additional non-OECD countries will be included in a third release of DIOC-E in 2011.

Release of the update of DIOC for the years 2005/06 is scheduled for January 2011.

Indicators on integration of immigrants and their offspring will be developed.

Data collection:

Extension of the geographical coverage (incl. non-OECD countries not listed above).

Dissemination of data from the update of DIOC for the year 2005/06

A large set of tables will be added to the dataset (flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; Labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

Gender mainstreaming: Extension of the IMO database to data on flows of immigrant women.

Data management:
As regards to the OECD Database on International Migration, all the metadata have been centrally stored in MetaStore.

Population Projections

Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Creation of the database populated with ELS data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, World

Databases

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update the database with UN revised data for the non member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), Member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment, duration of unemployment. Published output also includes participation and unemployment rates by gender and detailed age groups as well as comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD Member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS.

Databases

Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Quarterly News Release on Employment.
Investigation into further measures of unemployment.

Data collection:

Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics

Purpose

To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor developments in OECD labour markets, and to enhance their international comparability.

To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, statistics to characterise inactivity, etc.

Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterise informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability.

Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

Continuous migration of data and metadata that are relevant for labour market statistics to OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Data collection:

Given the analytical capacity of working with individual records for policy formulation, it is felt important, where possible, to develop the capability for direct access to labour force survey (public use) microdatasets in OECD Member States with a particular focus on non-EU countries.

So far, we have been able to access to labour force survey public use files of 9 OECD countries.

Besides, in the two period of 2009-2010, public use files of household survey microdatasets were collected for Brazil, India, Indonesia and South Africa as well as for Mexico and Turkey.

Further exploration on the availability of labour force and income surveys will be pursued in 2011 to include micro-datasets for Chile, the Russian Federation, and other OECD countries.

In 2011, micro-datasets stored currently are expected to be updated.

Data management:

Partial migration of the Earnings distribution database in 2010, which will be pursued in 2011.

Unit Labour Cost and Competitiveness Indicators

Purpose

To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic sectors (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The key objectives of 2010 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. An early estimate of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. The EEQ ULCs was presented at the 2010 WPNA meeting and received constructive feedbacks. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook. Joint ULC project between STD and ECB was continued.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Major tasks in 2011 will involve the updating and maintenance of the high quality of the data compiled and disseminated, and continued co-operation with ECB as well as reflecting revision of ULC database according to new industrial classification. At the same time, compilation of new ULCs for key non-member countries and G20 countries will be pursued. In addition, preparation of Trade and competiveness at a glance publication will be developed.

Data collection:

Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study

Purpose

The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor's degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

In 2010, contractors have started work on the development, adaptation and translation of assessment frameworks and instruments in all 3 strands of work (generic skills, economics and engineering).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Work in 2011 will involve:
• The small-scale validation of the assessment instruments in all 3 strands through focus groups of students in institutions;
• The development of contextual surveys of students, faculties and institutions to better understand the contexts in which teaching and learning takes place;
• Pre-implementation work.

Subject to funding availability, the 2nd phase of work will be launched, i.e. the international implementation of instruments undertaken in participating countries and institutions.

Subject to funding, the implementation phase could also start in the Asia-Pacific region.

Education (INES activities)

Purpose

To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs

Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

Main achievements in 2011 include the consolidation of the technical documentation of the education data collection, the development of indicators on the net present value of education, the relative earnings according to the level of educational attainment and the social outcomes of education as well as on how efficiently are resources used in education, on how do education systems monitor school performance. It also includes PISA 2009 results, the new indicators on school accountability, upper secondary and tertiary studies by field of education, upper secondary completion rates and the development of trend data on access and graduation to education and on financial aid to students. Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures, consolidation of tertiary indicators and improvement of the quality of ISCED implementation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates. A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection:

New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.
Inclusion of a new questionnaire on Completion rate and average duration of tertiary studies.

Educational Facilities

Purpose

To develop international profiles on educational facilities policy and practice.

Objectives and outputs

The principal objective is to address the need for basic information on facilities-related issues, which commenced in 2009-10 in three data collections involving 11 countries: International Profile on Educational Facilities Policy and Practice; Questionnaire on Strategic Investment Planning (in collaboration with the EIB); and Survey on Space Standards.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, information collection in the previous biennium will be expanded and synthesised, using the social networking site developed in 2010 as the dissemination tool. Information will continue to be collected and updated on current policy-related issues and challenges in countries, decision-making and procurement approaches, process for assessing needs in capital planning projects, and space standards.

Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality

Purpose

To provide OECD Members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills, mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity will contribute to the OECD Skills Strategy.

Objectives and outputs

As part of its 2009-10 Programme of Work, LEED has piloted a new statistical diagnostic tool in three countries (Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom) to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool will be applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data will be collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages, unemployment and migration at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work will be carried out in collaboration with ELS (Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs) and EDU (Directorate for Education) and is a key output within the OECD Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)

Purpose

The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, following the release of the initial report of 2009 data in December 2010, there will be thematic reports produced on digital reading skills and the use of ICT, learning gains (based on the Canadian PISA cohort study) and children of immigrants. The results from the 9 additional countries who implemented PISA 2009 one year later will be published. In addition, there will be thematic reports produced from the PISA 2006 data on career expectations. Thematic analysis on the topics of family resources and of private schooling will be released as OECD working papers.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

2011 will be a further important year for reporting the results from PISA 2009. In addition, the field trial for PISA 2012 will be conducted among the 67 participating countries and economies.

Data collection:

The field trial for the PISA 2012 data collection will be conducted in 2011. As well as data collection in the core subjects of mathematics, reading and science (with mathematics the major domain), there will be data collection from the assessment of problem solving skills (entirely electronic assessment and data collection) and the optional assessment of financial literacy.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

The objective for 2011 is to make final preparations for the main survey (in January-July) and to implement it (in August-March 2012).
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
Cyprus, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The project will enter the implementation phase and commence initial analytical works.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)

Purpose

To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic report on the working experience of new teachers) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013.

TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Other, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The first round of TALIS was completed in 2009 with the first results reported in "Creating effective teaching and learning environments: First results from TALIS", published in June 2009. A selection of indicators was also published in Education at a Glance 2009 and in a thematic report by the European Commission "Teachers's professional development".

The work in 2011 will focus on further exploitation of the data from the first round of TALIS, including through the publication of a thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on innovation in education. The work during 2011 will also focus on the preparation of the next round of data collection, particularly on the development of the survey framework and questionnaires and on the pilot trial.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Accounts

Purpose

To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

The fifth Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2010. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data and also contributed to the improvement in health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A System of Health Accounts database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; and Improving Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services. The consultation process for the revision of the SHA manual has continued. The revision is a collaborative activity of the OECD, Eurostat and WHO.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data (Expenditure and Financing)
System of Health Accounts Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the sixth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

Health Care Quality Indicators

Purpose

The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) Project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They are reported as a regular chapter in Health at a Glance since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

The HCQI Project goals in 2010 are: to review and refine existing quality of care indicators in preparation for the 2010-11 HCQI Data Collection to commence in November 2010; and to undertake data analysis to support research work in relation to the Health Ministerial Meeting in October 2010 and the ongoing priorities of the HCQI Project.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Singapore

Databases

HCQI Data Collection

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations. The main focus is on:
• The development of new patient safety indicators,
• The prospects of getting good information on patient experience, and
• The inclusion of data from additional countries.

The HCQI project will also expand work in the cross-national analysis of the quality of cancer care performance and the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality for understanding observed differences.

Data management:

Ongoing consideration of StatWorks during 2010-11.

Health Data

Purpose

To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The central parts of the database include data on health care resources, their utilisation, health expenditure and financing. This is complemented by data on health status and lifestyle factors affecting health. Developmental work is also under way to obtain comparable data on disparities in health status and health care access and use. Some of these data will be gradually included in OECD Health Data to fill important gaps in measuring this dimension of the performance of health systems.

Objectives and outputs

Progress was achieved in 2010 in improving the availability and comparability of data on certain health-related lifestyle factors, including nutrition and obesity.

Two new editions of "Health at a Glance" were released in December 2010: "Health at a Glance: Europe 2010" (in cooperation with the European Commission) and "Health at a Glance: Asia-Pacific 2010 (in cooperation with the OECD/Korea Policy Centre).

The activity is co-ordinated with Eurostat, WHO Geneva and WHO Europe, notably through a new joint data collection on non-monetary health care statistics which was successfully launched in 2010 to reduce the duplication of work and promote the harmonisation of international data collection and reporting.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data 2011

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improving the availability and comparability of data on health status (morbidity) and health care interventions (surgical procedures). Exploring the possibility to extend the joint data collection between the OECD/Eurostat/WHO Europe to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

Developing data and indicators on disparities in health status and health care access and use, working in collaboration with Eurostat and WHO.

Data management:

Migration of OECD Health Data from the IRDES-based system to StatWorks and MetaStore, and full dissemination in OECD.Stat in 2011.

Mental Health, Disability and Work

Purpose

Over the past four years, the OECD Review "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers" (see www.oecd.org/els/disability) concluded that policy has changed very much in many countries but not enough in most cases; by and large policies remain too passive in nature. The review identified two big questions to be addressed more fervently: First, why so many people take leave of absence or apply for a disability benefit on the grounds of mental illness; and secondly, how people with mental health conditions could be better integrated into the labour market.

The new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness" aims to address these two questions, by drawing lessons from policies and outcomes in ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States).

Objectives and outputs

The launch meeting at OECD headquarters in Paris, April 26-28, 2010 is intended to bring together policymakers, researchers, and other experts who can contribute state-of-the-art evidence and experience to frame the issues surrounding increasing labour market inclusion for individuals with a mental health-related disability.

A data questionnaire was sent in the Autumn 2010 to ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States) participating in the new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness".

Release in November 2010 of "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers - A Synthesis of Findings across OECD Countries" - see www.oecd.org/els/disability.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Preparation of a background report (release in Autumn 2011), including new comparative indicators and analysis on the relationship between mental health conditions, work and benefit recipiency; based on data received from ten OECD countries. The report and the indicators will inform the second phase of the project which aims to provide evidence-based policy conclusions for the countries participating in the project.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Revision of the Canberra Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income

Purpose

To revise the 2005 Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income, in the light of evidence from new research and statistical conventions

Objectives and outputs

Work started in the fall of 2009, continued in 2010 and will be completed by mid-2011. A complete re-draft of the Handbook is now available and will be circulated in early-2011 to the CES Bureau. After circulation to member countries, the final version should be adopted by the CES plenary in June 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A first draft of the revised handbook is now available.


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure

Purpose

The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 on public and mandatory private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas.

Objectives and outputs

Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, from 1980 to 2007.

SOCX (2010) came out in October 2010, including net (after taxes) and voluntary social spending.

Databases

Social expenditures

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Data update every other year. 2006 and 2007 were collected in first semester of 2010.
We should compute some short term spending projections till 2012.

Social Benefit Recipients

Purpose

Detailed data on benefit recipiency in a comparative framework are needed to assess how effective social safety nets are at reaching their objectives.

For instance, they show who benefits from social safety nets, and what share of a targeted population is actually covered. In a longitudinal perspective, these recipiency data help identify the role of safety nets across the economic cycle, and how recipients adjust to changes in programme rules. These questions are essential in the perspective of adapting social systems to future economic and demographic challenges.

Currently, comprehensive data on benefit recipiency is not easily available, and is sometime difficult to obtain even at country level. Furthermore, very little information is usually provided on beneficiary characteristics, almost no information is available on programme entries and exits except in some cases.

The database should ideally cover income replacement benefits and their main supplements paid to the working age population.

Objectives and outputs

A first partial and preliminary version of the database will be made available by December 2011. This version will include annual caseloads for 2008 and, to the extent possible, inflows during the same period. Subject to data availability the number of recipients will be broken down by age and gender.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A




2. Economic Statistics (OECD)
1. Demographic and social statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
STAN Database for Industrial Analysis

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Databases

Database for Industrial Analysis (STAN)
OECD STAN Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Inclusion of additional countries in STAN (e.g. ). Preparations for implementation of ISIC Rev. 4. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper.

Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys

Purpose

To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are published in the OECD's monthly Main Economic Indicators (MEI). Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

During the year 2010 the OECD has evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. For 2011 the OECD will start the review of its Business Tendency Surveys handbook last revised in 2003.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The review of the Business Tendency Surveys handbook will start.

Main Economic Indicators

Purpose

The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and for all Enhanced Engagement economies on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A Review of the MEI process will take place in 2011.

Data collection:

On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

Real-time and Revisions Database

Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Composite Leading Indicators

Purpose

To compile and disseminate the OECD composite leading indicators for OECD member countries and for the BRICS NMEs + Indonesia, which help analysts to assess the cyclical phase of the OECD economies and forecast its future development.

To do methodological development work and carry out scientific research in this field.

Objectives and outputs

OECD Composite Leading Indicators (CLI) are published in the monthly Main Economic Indicators publication and in a monthly press release.

The quality of existing CLIs is monitored and enhanced on an on-going basis, including the expansion of country coverage for both OECD member and non-member countries, and the development of new tools in the research software for cyclical analysis and composite indicators.

Main achievements in 2010 were the finalization of a distributable package of the production system (CACISd), setting up the dissemination website in Clearspace, with the goal of reinforcing transparency.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_CLI

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update CLIs for selected OECD member countries.
Introduction of the 4 new OECD member economy CLIs.
Organization of training seminars.

Data collection:

Inclusion of additional series required for the compilation of CLIs for Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation and South Africa and for OECD member as a result of on-going review of CLI component series for each country.

Data management:

Incorporation of more detailed metadata on CLI compilation methodology in MetaStore.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
Annual National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

The paper and electronic publications contain a wide selection of accounts: Main aggregates (GDP by expenditure, GDP by kind of activity, GDP by income and disposable income, saving and net lending), detailed breakdown by kind of activity for gross value added (at current and constant prices), components of value added, and gross fixed capital formation and employment. It also includes final consumption expenditure of households by purpose and simplified accounts for general government. Detailed accounts by institutional sectors are only available on the electronic publications. The publications also give comparative tables based on exchange rates and comparative tables based on purchasing power parities for OECD member countries and for the following groups: OECD, OECD-Europe, Euro Zone and the European Union as well as volume and price indices for GDP aggregates. Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in paper publication, CD-ROM, SourceOECD, OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data from EE countries : Brazil, India, South Africa

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)

Purpose

Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Main changes in content relate to the progressive inclusion of relevant statistics for the Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries over the coming year. New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use.

Data management:

Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

Financial Accounts

Purpose

To provide unique data sets of harmonised data on financial accounts and financial balance sheets of OECD countries, according to SNA 1993, to analysts and policy makers.

Objectives and outputs

This activity mainly focuses on the collection of comparable quantitative and qualitative information on financial transactions carried out and on financial stocks held by institutional sectors of the economy in the OECD member countries.

The main objectives are to improve the quantity and the quality of information on OECD financial accounts (transmission of timely, reliable and consistent data) and to disseminate comparable tables on financial accounts (transactions) and financial balance sheets (stocks).

Accession countries' data have been included in the databases when available.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Financial Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The most important change will be the new quarterly frequency which will be added for the four SNA-related databases (see below).

In addition, the database on Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets will continue to be improved. All OECD countries are now covered. For some countries however, the sectoral coverage has still to be extended while for some countries, additional datasets (flows or stocks, consolidated or non-consolidated) will continue to be required.

Data for Russia, for the EE5 countries, and for additional G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia) will be requested.

Detailed methodological information relating Financial accounts and Financial balance sheets should be updated and included in MetaStore.

Data collection:

In 2011, data will be collected on a quarterly basis in addition to the current annual frequency. However, EU data will not be published.

Historical data will be added to the database as soon as countries sent them. Data which are still missing for some Member countries will continue to be requested and included in the databases.

Data for Russia will be integrated (if provided) in the OECD databases; depending on resources, data for some non-Member countries (EE5 and G20) will be asked and processed according to their availability.

Moreover, following conclusions of the 2009 and 2010 WPFS meetings, financial indicators based on financial accounts and balance sheets, and on the two other SNA-related database (on Households and Institutional investors) will be calculated and disseminated.

IT developments in the ANA database, which should have been made in 2010, are urgently needed at the very beginning of 2011 to be able to integrate quarterly data.

Data management:

Financial indicators based on these datasets should be calculated and made available in the datasets.

A new database system has been required to ITN to host quarterly data which have been requested from countries: it has to be created at the very beginning of the year to be able to use quarterly financial accounts data.

General Government National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

To provide a forum for international exchange on national accounts and public finance standards in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability of major public finance indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

ANA - SNA
Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data for EE countries: Brazil, India, South Africa

Handbook on the Measurement of Non-market Services

Purpose

To advance on the volume output measurement for health and education services in the national accounts.

Objectives and outputs

This activity was endorsed by the OECD Committee on Statistics in 2005. The main purpose is the development of a handbook on the topic and advances with the empirical measurement of the volume of health and education services across countries (see also PPP for health and education). The handbook has now been completed and was published in 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Activity completed in 2010.

Household Assets and Liabilities

Purpose

This data collection aims at better knowing the households' behaviour vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 - Households.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

Updating of the database.

Extension of the database to additional countries (accession countries).

Better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

It is expected to further improve the coverage (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (EE5 and G20)

Quarterly data will be collected and used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection:

According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

Input-Output

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

Objectives and outputs

The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

Input-Output

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Country coverage to be expanded to include more Asian countries and, if possible, to complete the coverage of G20.

Institutional Investors' assets

Purpose

This data collection integrated in the framework of the SNA cover detailed assets (including a breakdown of resident/non resident data) for a number of institutional investors (more detailed than in the SNA93). Its aim is to have more detailed information on the activities of the institutional investors (not covered by the SNA) in OECD Member countries.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

The database has been updated up to 2009, including new OECD countries and Russia.

Improvements in the coverage of the database have been achieved.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Institutional Investors' assets

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update and improvement of the coverage.
According to decisions taken at the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected when available and used to calculate indicators.

Data collection:

Improved coverage of the database.
According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

National Accounts for Non-member Economies

Purpose

To cooperate with non-member countries not included in the Quarterly National Accounts database and incorporate these countries into the standard OECD MEI data collection and dissemination program.

Objectives and outputs

Provide users with non-member national accounts data.
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

National accounts and prices for non-member countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

To remove these countries once they are incorporated into the QNA database.

Productivity/Capital Services

Purpose

Four OECD Directorates have co-operated to produce a data set for productivity measures, a widely-used indicator of economic performance. The purpose of this activity is to bring together, in one place, the results of this work and make available various productivity measures as well as relevant methodological information such as the OECD Manual on Measuring Capital. The series on capital services, multi-factor productivity (MFP) and GDP per hour worked are a standard input into the Economic Department's estimate of potential output.

Objectives and outputs

Labour productivity indices for 30 countries and a set of capital services and multi-factor productivity measures for 20 countries are regularly updated and are available on OECD.Stat. Recent methodological developments concerned both the development of multi-factor productivity estimates by industry in the OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database and research on total economy productivity measures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

International organisation

Databases

Productivity/capital services database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the database will continue to be updated regularly with the aim to increase the number of available countries, and MFP by industry statistics related to the development of OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database will be released. Methodological developments will concern both productivity indicators at the total economy level and MFP estimates by industry.

Quarterly National Accounts

Purpose

1. To provide a real time update of member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

2. To provide external users a selection of key time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of volume data and indices for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on SNA 1993/ESA 1995. It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible, a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries covering accounts at the level of the overall economy and some institutional sectors accounts.

Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts for member countries and a few non-member economies.

The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Brazilian data have been loaded to the QNA database in 2010.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

Increase geographical coverage of the QNA database by including Enhanced Engagement (EE) countries (India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) and possibly remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries through Eurostat. Study the possibility to collect non-EU QSA depending on data availability.

Data collection:

Extension of the statistical content (new accounts, new sets of chained volume estimates, new seasonally adjusted series) and the time coverage (historical series) to take account of the development of QNA made in countries.

Extension of the country coverage (new Member countries and EE countries).

Encourage non-EU countries to provide QNA data in SDMX format.

Sending of a standard questionnaire to non-EU countries for quarterly sector accounts data collection.

Data management:

Change of the OECD reference year to 2005.

Update of the composition of OECD groups based on new Members.

Human Capital Accounts

Purpose

To develop an agreed methodology for producing numerical estimates of Human Capital for the purposes of international and inter-temporal comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The project was endorsed by CSTAT in June and started in October 2009. An OECD database has been set up with all essential information needed to measure human capital for each participating country (16 OECD member and 2 non-member countries). The preliminary estimation results have shown the feasibility of measuring human capital for comparative analyses, based on common methodology and assumptions, and even by using categorical data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Romania, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A working paper that summarises the outcomes of the first phase of the project will be released in early 2011. In addition, efforts will be put on improving estimates and extending country coverage if possible. Work on constructing an accumulation account that explains the changes in human capital is also envisaged.

Measuring disparities in a National Accounts framework

Purpose

This activity aims to integrate information on distribution in the household national accounts. The Expert Group gathering micro and macro experts on households' will consider how existing micro data could be used to produce measures of disparities between groups of households that are consistent with SNA concepts and SNA averages for the household sector.

Objectives and outputs

The first phase of the project (from January 2011 to summer 2011) will focus on tacking stock of information currently available on household income, in-kind transfers, consumption expenditures and, in perspective, wealth as provided by both macro and micro sources, including a description and a comparison of recorded amounts from the two sources.

The second activity (from September 2011 to the summer 2012) will consist in breaking down SNA-aggregates for the household sector using information available from micro-sources (i.e. allocating macro-aggregates among different groups of households) so that measures of disparities, consistent with SNA aggregates, could be constructed. The final outputs will consist of two reports:

i. A report summarizing the current data availability of macro data on household income, consumption and wealth, detailing how these are compiled and assessing how micro-data are used in that process across OECD countries. The report will also present a comparison of micro and macro aggregates.

ii. A report presenting a breakdown on SNA household aggregates for a number of countries in a recent year, based on common methodologies and disaggregation.

The Expert Group will begin its work in early 2011, with final results expected by 2012.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011 we expect to achieve a better knowledge i) on how the household national accounts are compiled across countries and ii) on gaps between micro and macro data on households' economic resources across countries.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship

Purpose

i) To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

ii) To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

i) The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

ii) In the framework of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme, Business Demography Indicators are collected formally and include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and numbers of high growth firms - all based on common concepts developed in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

The main achievement of this activity include the publication Structural and Demographic Business Statistics (March 2010) and the Statistics Brief No. 15 on Measuring Entrepreneurship (November 2010).

The Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme Steering Group held its sixth meeting in December 2010. This was followed by a Workshop jointly organised by the OECD and Eurostat. The Workshop focused on two categories of entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities.

In addition to the Steering Group, the Secretariat has developed an EIP Network so that additional countries and organisations may remain abreast of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme work and participate on an ad hoc basis.

The EIP was presented in several official internal meetings and in Workshops and Conferences held outside the Organisation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania

Databases

SDBS - Business Demography Indicators
SDBS - Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2011 include:

• The extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;
• The development of additional indicators of entrepreneurial performance;
• The publication of the first issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in March 2011.

Data collection:

Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.

Foreign Affiliates in Services

Purpose

To give detailed data on the role played by multinationals in the services sectors of the OECD countries, which concerns inward and outward foreign direct investment.

Objectives and outputs

The database on Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services covers the following variables: number of enterprises, turnover, value added, employment, personnel costs, investments, exports and imports, R&D expenditure and R&D personnel, for inward and outward activities of multinational firms. Data on the activity of parent companies are also requested.

Databases

Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services Database (FATS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

This database is going to be merged with the AFA database in a new AMNE database.

The 2010 questionnaire already includes these changes.

The cooperation with EUROSTAT should also become more important in 2011 going towards same definitions and questionnaires, except for the survey on parent companies.

Micro-data on enterprises

Purpose

To develop a large scale database of firm-level information, comparable across countries and industries. The database will contain a broad range of firm-level data, including employment, sales, labour costs, assets, etc., as well as information on the capital structure of firms.

This micro-database aims to complement existing OECD databases on industry and services (SBS, STAN, etc.).

Objectives and outputs

The micro-database is built on the ORBIS database of Bureau Van Dijk covering around 65 million companies across different industries and countries over several years. This database collects information on a broad range of financial and industrial information at the firm-level.

Given that the structure of the original database is not meant to serve research purposes, data is being extracted in a format suitable for analytical work. In addition, a thorough process of data cleaning and double checking is being undertaken to guarantee/increase the quality of the data.

In order to assess the coverage of the original database across industries and countries, existing databases will be used to assess the representativeness of the data.

The database is designed to support the analytical activities of different OECD directorates.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Europe, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

ORBIS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Update of the OECD Orbis database with a new architecture of the database, covering additional company and financial information, and as well ownership data with high quality.

• Analysis of the representativeness of ORBIS data compared to official micro-data available.

• Identification of multinationals and business groups.

• Intra-firm trade estimates.

Data collection:

More comparable information is expected on business demography and Entrepreneurship statistics, especially on the basis of the new Eurostat-OECD manual on Business Demography Statistics.

Production and Sales Indicators

Purpose

To provide short-term economic indicators of production, sales, orders, work started and in progress and stocks for OECD member countries and selected large emerging non-member economies.

Objectives and outputs

All the subjects under the Production and sales are classified under the following six top headings: Production, Sales, Orders, Work started, Work in progress, Stocks. Within each heading, indicators are further classified according to economic activities.

A review of core indicators took place in 2010, with an aim of streamlining the area, and prepare for a less co-ordinated operation between subjects within the MEI database and publications.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_REAL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No changes expected.

International Coordination of Services Statistics

Purpose

Given the wide variety of activities carried out by national and international organisations related to service statistics, to improve coordination of international development work on services statistics and facilitate a strategic view of priority needs. To provide an overview of these activities and facilitate communication between international expert groups involved. To identify overlaps, links and gaps in international work on methodological issues and data collection.

Objectives and outputs

Provide a report to the UN Statistics Commission (UNSC) on coordination of services statistics, with proposals on strategy, as requested by UNSC.
Facilitate coordination on service statistics by providing central information point on services statistics developments, gathering information from active groups, and create and maintain web pages on international developments in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Hong Kong, India, Other, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Delivery of services strategy and coordination report to UNSC 2010, with follow up as requested by UNSC. Development of OECD web pages on coordination of services statistics. Continue coordination work and monitoring developments according to guidance from UNSC 2010, Continue to chair and coordinate the work of the Task Force on Statistics on International Trade in Services (TFSITS).

Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.

Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.

New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

Training and skills development in SMEs

Purpose

Collection of data through surveys of SMEs in Canada, Turkey, Poland, Belgium, UK and New Zealand.

Objectives and outputs

Survey has more than 700 responses so far from Poland, UK, Belgium, New Zealand and Turkey. Survey to be finalised with inputs from Canada and Turkey and Belgium by March 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data on microfirms (less than 10 employees) and about formal and informal training.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration

Purpose

To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, and naturalisations.

Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series (see IMO publication).

Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

Extension of the existing Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) to more than 90 countries of destination. The current version of DIOC-E (release 2.0) covers information on 31 OECD and 58 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 2.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

Developing a dataset on integration of immigrants and their offspring.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Armenia, Belarus, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mongolia, Other, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela.

Databases

Migration Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A large number of tables will be added to the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat (harmonised flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

At least 10 additional non-OECD countries will be included in a third release of DIOC-E in 2011.

Release of the update of DIOC for the years 2005/06 is scheduled for January 2011.

Indicators on integration of immigrants and their offspring will be developed.

Data collection:

Extension of the geographical coverage (incl. non-OECD countries not listed above).

Dissemination of data from the update of DIOC for the year 2005/06

A large set of tables will be added to the dataset (flows of permanent and temporary migrants by category of entry; Labour market outcomes of native- and foreign-born populations).

Gender mainstreaming: Extension of the IMO database to data on flows of immigrant women.

Data management:
As regards to the OECD Database on International Migration, all the metadata have been centrally stored in MetaStore.

Population Projections

Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Creation of the database populated with ELS data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, World

Databases

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update the database with UN revised data for the non member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), Member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment, duration of unemployment. Published output also includes participation and unemployment rates by gender and detailed age groups as well as comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD Member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS.

Databases

Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics

Purpose

To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Quarterly News Release on Employment.
Investigation into further measures of unemployment.

Data collection:

Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics

Purpose

To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor developments in OECD labour markets, and to enhance their international comparability.

To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, statistics to characterise inactivity, etc.

Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterise informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability.

Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

Continuous migration of data and metadata that are relevant for labour market statistics to OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Data collection:

Given the analytical capacity of working with individual records for policy formulation, it is felt important, where possible, to develop the capability for direct access to labour force survey (public use) microdatasets in OECD Member States with a particular focus on non-EU countries.

So far, we have been able to access to labour force survey public use files of 9 OECD countries.

Besides, in the two period of 2009-2010, public use files of household survey microdatasets were collected for Brazil, India, Indonesia and South Africa as well as for Mexico and Turkey.

Further exploration on the availability of labour force and income surveys will be pursued in 2011 to include micro-datasets for Chile, the Russian Federation, and other OECD countries.

In 2011, micro-datasets stored currently are expected to be updated.

Data management:

Partial migration of the Earnings distribution database in 2010, which will be pursued in 2011.

Unit Labour Cost and Competitiveness Indicators

Purpose

To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic sectors (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The key objectives of 2010 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. An early estimate of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. The EEQ ULCs was presented at the 2010 WPNA meeting and received constructive feedbacks. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook. Joint ULC project between STD and ECB was continued.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Major tasks in 2011 will involve the updating and maintenance of the high quality of the data compiled and disseminated, and continued co-operation with ECB as well as reflecting revision of ULC database according to new industrial classification. At the same time, compilation of new ULCs for key non-member countries and G20 countries will be pursued. In addition, preparation of Trade and competiveness at a glance publication will be developed.

Data collection:

Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study

Purpose

The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor's degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

In 2010, contractors have started work on the development, adaptation and translation of assessment frameworks and instruments in all 3 strands of work (generic skills, economics and engineering).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Work in 2011 will involve:
• The small-scale validation of the assessment instruments in all 3 strands through focus groups of students in institutions;
• The development of contextual surveys of students, faculties and institutions to better understand the contexts in which teaching and learning takes place;
• Pre-implementation work.

Subject to funding availability, the 2nd phase of work will be launched, i.e. the international implementation of instruments undertaken in participating countries and institutions.

Subject to funding, the implementation phase could also start in the Asia-Pacific region.

Education (INES activities)

Purpose

To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs

Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

Main achievements in 2011 include the consolidation of the technical documentation of the education data collection, the development of indicators on the net present value of education, the relative earnings according to the level of educational attainment and the social outcomes of education as well as on how efficiently are resources used in education, on how do education systems monitor school performance. It also includes PISA 2009 results, the new indicators on school accountability, upper secondary and tertiary studies by field of education, upper secondary completion rates and the development of trend data on access and graduation to education and on financial aid to students. Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures, consolidation of tertiary indicators and improvement of the quality of ISCED implementation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates. A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection:

New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.
Inclusion of a new questionnaire on Completion rate and average duration of tertiary studies.

Educational Facilities

Purpose

To develop international profiles on educational facilities policy and practice.

Objectives and outputs

The principal objective is to address the need for basic information on facilities-related issues, which commenced in 2009-10 in three data collections involving 11 countries: International Profile on Educational Facilities Policy and Practice; Questionnaire on Strategic Investment Planning (in collaboration with the EIB); and Survey on Space Standards.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, information collection in the previous biennium will be expanded and synthesised, using the social networking site developed in 2010 as the dissemination tool. Information will continue to be collected and updated on current policy-related issues and challenges in countries, decision-making and procurement approaches, process for assessing needs in capital planning projects, and space standards.

Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality

Purpose

To provide OECD Members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills, mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity will contribute to the OECD Skills Strategy.

Objectives and outputs

As part of its 2009-10 Programme of Work, LEED has piloted a new statistical diagnostic tool in three countries (Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom) to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool will be applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data will be collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages, unemployment and migration at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work will be carried out in collaboration with ELS (Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs) and EDU (Directorate for Education) and is a key output within the OECD Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)

Purpose

The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, following the release of the initial report of 2009 data in December 2010, there will be thematic reports produced on digital reading skills and the use of ICT, learning gains (based on the Canadian PISA cohort study) and children of immigrants. The results from the 9 additional countries who implemented PISA 2009 one year later will be published. In addition, there will be thematic reports produced from the PISA 2006 data on career expectations. Thematic analysis on the topics of family resources and of private schooling will be released as OECD working papers.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

2011 will be a further important year for reporting the results from PISA 2009. In addition, the field trial for PISA 2012 will be conducted among the 67 participating countries and economies.

Data collection:

The field trial for the PISA 2012 data collection will be conducted in 2011. As well as data collection in the core subjects of mathematics, reading and science (with mathematics the major domain), there will be data collection from the assessment of problem solving skills (entirely electronic assessment and data collection) and the optional assessment of financial literacy.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

The objective for 2011 is to make final preparations for the main survey (in January-July) and to implement it (in August-March 2012).
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
Cyprus, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The project will enter the implementation phase and commence initial analytical works.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)

Purpose

To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic report on the working experience of new teachers) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013.

TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Other, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The first round of TALIS was completed in 2009 with the first results reported in "Creating effective teaching and learning environments: First results from TALIS", published in June 2009. A selection of indicators was also published in Education at a Glance 2009 and in a thematic report by the European Commission "Teachers's professional development".

The work in 2011 will focus on further exploitation of the data from the first round of TALIS, including through the publication of a thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on innovation in education. The work during 2011 will also focus on the preparation of the next round of data collection, particularly on the development of the survey framework and questionnaires and on the pilot trial.1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Accounts

Purpose

To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

The fifth Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2010. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data and also contributed to the improvement in health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A System of Health Accounts database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; and Improving Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services. The consultation process for the revision of the SHA manual has continued. The revision is a collaborative activity of the OECD, Eurostat and WHO.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data (Expenditure and Financing)
System of Health Accounts Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the sixth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

Health Care Quality Indicators

Purpose

The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) Project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They are reported as a regular chapter in Health at a Glance since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

The HCQI Project goals in 2010 are: to review and refine existing quality of care indicators in preparation for the 2010-11 HCQI Data Collection to commence in November 2010; and to undertake data analysis to support research work in relation to the Health Ministerial Meeting in October 2010 and the ongoing priorities of the HCQI Project.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Singapore

Databases

HCQI Data Collection

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations. The main focus is on:
• The development of new patient safety indicators,
• The prospects of getting good information on patient experience, and
• The inclusion of data from additional countries.

The HCQI project will also expand work in the cross-national analysis of the quality of cancer care performance and the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality for understanding observed differences.

Data management:

Ongoing consideration of StatWorks during 2010-11.

Health Data

Purpose

To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The central parts of the database include data on health care resources, their utilisation, health expenditure and financing. This is complemented by data on health status and lifestyle factors affecting health. Developmental work is also under way to obtain comparable data on disparities in health status and health care access and use. Some of these data will be gradually included in OECD Health Data to fill important gaps in measuring this dimension of the performance of health systems.

Objectives and outputs

Progress was achieved in 2010 in improving the availability and comparability of data on certain health-related lifestyle factors, including nutrition and obesity.

Two new editions of "Health at a Glance" were released in December 2010: "Health at a Glance: Europe 2010" (in cooperation with the European Commission) and "Health at a Glance: Asia-Pacific 2010 (in cooperation with the OECD/Korea Policy Centre).

The activity is co-ordinated with Eurostat, WHO Geneva and WHO Europe, notably through a new joint data collection on non-monetary health care statistics which was successfully launched in 2010 to reduce the duplication of work and promote the harmonisation of international data collection and reporting.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD Health Data 2011

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improving the availability and comparability of data on health status (morbidity) and health care interventions (surgical procedures). Exploring the possibility to extend the joint data collection between the OECD/Eurostat/WHO Europe to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

Developing data and indicators on disparities in health status and health care access and use, working in collaboration with Eurostat and WHO.

Data management:

Migration of OECD Health Data from the IRDES-based system to StatWorks and MetaStore, and full dissemination in OECD.Stat in 2011.

Mental Health, Disability and Work

Purpose

Over the past four years, the OECD Review "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers" (see www.oecd.org/els/disability) concluded that policy has changed very much in many countries but not enough in most cases; by and large policies remain too passive in nature. The review identified two big questions to be addressed more fervently: First, why so many people take leave of absence or apply for a disability benefit on the grounds of mental illness; and secondly, how people with mental health conditions could be better integrated into the labour market.

The new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness" aims to address these two questions, by drawing lessons from policies and outcomes in ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States).

Objectives and outputs

The launch meeting at OECD headquarters in Paris, April 26-28, 2010 is intended to bring together policymakers, researchers, and other experts who can contribute state-of-the-art evidence and experience to frame the issues surrounding increasing labour market inclusion for individuals with a mental health-related disability.

A data questionnaire was sent in the Autumn 2010 to ten member countries (Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States) participating in the new OECD Review "Disability and Work: Challenges for Labour Market Inclusion of People with Mental Illness".

Release in November 2010 of "Sickness, Disability and Work: Breaking the Barriers - A Synthesis of Findings across OECD Countries" - see www.oecd.org/els/disability.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Preparation of a background report (release in Autumn 2011), including new comparative indicators and analysis on the relationship between mental health conditions, work and benefit recipiency; based on data received from ten OECD countries. The report and the indicators will inform the second phase of the project which aims to provide evidence-based policy conclusions for the countries participating in the project.1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Revision of the Canberra Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income

Purpose

To revise the 2005 Handbook on the Measurement of Household Income, in the light of evidence from new research and statistical conventions

Objectives and outputs

Work started in the fall of 2009, continued in 2010 and will be completed by mid-2011. A complete re-draft of the Handbook is now available and will be circulated in early-2011 to the CES Bureau. After circulation to member countries, the final version should be adopted by the CES plenary in June 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A first draft of the revised handbook is now available.1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure

Purpose

The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 on public and mandatory private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas.

Objectives and outputs

Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, from 1980 to 2007.

SOCX (2010) came out in October 2010, including net (after taxes) and voluntary social spending.

Databases

Social expenditures

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Data update every other year. 2006 and 2007 were collected in first semester of 2010.
We should compute some short term spending projections till 2012.

Social Benefit Recipients

Purpose

Detailed data on benefit recipiency in a comparative framework are needed to assess how effective social safety nets are at reaching their objectives.

For instance, they show who benefits from social safety nets, and what share of a targeted population is actually covered. In a longitudinal perspective, these recipiency data help identify the role of safety nets across the economic cycle, and how recipients adjust to changes in programme rules. These questions are essential in the perspective of adapting social systems to future economic and demographic challenges.

Currently, comprehensive data on benefit recipiency is not easily available, and is sometime difficult to obtain even at country level. Furthermore, very little information is usually provided on beneficiary characteristics, almost no information is available on programme entries and exits except in some cases.

The database should ideally cover income replacement benefits and their main supplements paid to the working age population.

Objectives and outputs

A first partial and preliminary version of the database will be made available by December 2011. This version will include annual caseloads for 2008 and, to the extent possible, inflows during the same period. Subject to data availability the number of recipients will be broken down by age and gender.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
Central Government Debt Statistics

Purpose

To provide an analytical tool primarily to government debt managers as well as to financial analysts including policy analysts, security analysts, commercial financial institutions, research analysts, etc. This work is carried out under the auspices of the Working Party on Government Debt Management.

The publication "Central Government Debt - Statistical Yearbook" provides annual statistics on central government debt instruments in the 34 OECD countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance; it excludes state and local government debt and social security funds. The main focus of the statistics is marketable debt instruments as well as duration and average term to maturity of domestic, foreign and total debt.

In addition, the publication provides individual country notes including methodological information such as a description of debt instruments and selling techniques in each country.

Objectives and outputs

In the 2011 edition of the statistical yearbook, 3 new OECD Member countries will be added: Estonia, Israel and Slovenia.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Databases

Central Government Debt Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collection and publication of 2010 data.

Data collection:

2010 data and more historical data for the recent OECD Member countries (Chile, Estonia, Israel, Slovenia).

Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government

Purpose

To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on fiscal equalisation, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance.

Objectives and outputs

Collection of two datasets:

• Indicators of tax autonomy of sub-central governments

• Indicators of the composition of intergovernmental grants

Databases

Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

More data will be available on OECD.stat

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Global Pension Statistics

Purpose

Launched in 2002 this exercise provides a unique source of comparable statistics and indicators of funded pension plan systems from an international perspective and also facilitates cross-country comparisons of the most up-to-date statistics and indicators on key aspects of funded retirement systems across OECD and non-OECD countries. It aims to provide information about the main trends and features of funded pension plan systems in a clear and concise format.

Objectives and outputs

It aims to provide in a compact manner a comparative overview of the importance and structure of private and funded pension systems across OECD and non-OECD countries using a selected set of statistics and indicators, compiled on an on-going basis together with its companion product dedicated to the description and assessment of countries' statistical methodology following the OECD Classification on pension plans and pension funds.

Access to OECD private pension statistics has been enhanced through the dissemination of additional data and selected indicators through the OECD Web statistical portal (OECD.stat). This should be further enriched with the inclusion of country profiles providing key indicators on a country per country basis. As far as paper publications are concerned, the newsletter "Pension Markets in Focus" was released in July 2010. Contributions to other OECD publications (e.g. 'OECD in figures', 'OECD Factbook') will continue in 2011 as well as approximately sixty country profiles generated for the IOPS Web site on a yearly basis. In addition, 2 OECD flagship publications will be published in 2011 including private pension statistics: the 'OECD Pensions at a Glance 2011' and the 'OECD Pensions Outlook 2012'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Croatia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Ukraine

Databases

OECD Global Pension Statistics
Pension indicators

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

With respect to quality improvements, the work in 2011 will focus on methodological issues such as valuation methods for assets and liabilities, review of definitions within the statistical questionnaire and methodology for the calculation of funding ratios.

The geographical scope should be extended to non-member countries, and in particular OECD Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries as well as remaining G20 countries not in the GPS framework yet.

Relationship with accession countries will be developed further to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the private pension statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Data collection:

In order to better reflect national systems, possible adjustments to the OECD Classification may be included in the OECD statistical questionnaire to further refine definition of pension plan types: occupational vs. personal, DB vs. DC, mandatory vs. voluntary, as well as pension funds vs. pension insurance contracts.

There are variables, to which special attention will be given in order to improve granularity for analytical purposes. This will be the case for selected variables such as foreign investments, operating costs, contributions, and benefits.

Data management:

Additional variables should be collected related to foreign investments, operating costs, contributions and benefits.

Revenue Statistics

Purpose

To provide data on tax revenues in OECD countries. These data are widely used within and outside the OECD to analyse tax policy developments in OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Revenue Statistics" publication provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. It presents a set of detailed, internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards.

Special features dealing with specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

Revenue Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data collection from Estonia for the first time.
Re-drafting the commentary on the latest figures

Tax Rates

Purpose

To provide information on tax rates in OECD countries. The taxes covered are personal and corporate income taxes, social security contributions and value added tax. The data are used to analyse tax rate trends and their policy implications.

Objectives and outputs

Data tables showing, for each of the main taxes, the rate and its method of application in each country are disseminated on the OECD website.

Databases

OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Taxing Wages

Purpose

To provide annual data for OECD countries on the personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Taxing Wages" publication details the tax/benefit position of employees, covering personal income tax and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers, and universal cash benefits received by family units. Taxes and benefits are detailed for eight family-types, which differ by income level and household composition. The report also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates.

Databases

Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Management in Government

Purpose

To collect comparable data and indicators of good government and efficient public services, and to provide robust empirics with which to assess the impact of public management reforms and progress made in their implementation.

Objectives and outputs

The second edition of "Government at a Glance" will be released in 2011. It will include measures of both the market and non-market activities of government and government-owned enterprises. In addition it will also measure other activities which are undertaken outside of general government but which are wholly or partly funded by government. Data are based on general government labour statistics and on detailed information from general government national accounts (investments, public corporations, supply and use tables) and information collected by GOV surveys on governance and public output processes and their results. The second publication will include six categories of variables: revenues; inputs; public sector processes; and antecedents or constraints that contextualize government performance and will also add output and outcome measures for the "whole of government", for selected policy sectors and for the machinery of government.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main priorities are developing new indicators for the second edition of Government at a Glance and the development of a strategy in the long run for new data collection, including more measures about the quality of public sector processes and selected output and outcome measures.

Benefits and Wages

Purpose

Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, an online "tax-benefit calculator" has now been made available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and will be maintained and updated in the future.

Objectives and outputs

The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage was recently extended to include Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia, and, as part of a grant agreement with the European Commission, the new EU Members States who are not currently members of the OECD: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta and Romania. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia. Finally, ad-hoc models were developed jointly with the World Bank for a number of south-eastern European countries: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), Serbia.

An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models has been developed ("tax-benefit calculator") and is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. It will be maintained and updated in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improved modelling of child-related policies, including transfers available to parents of very young children (e.g. maternity benefits). Improved modelling of the gender dimension of social policies (e.g. by collecting better earnings data for men and women).

Data collection:

Include Bulgaria, Romania, Chile, Israel, Russia


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Purpose

Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Implement the new typology of aid.

Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases

Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Test data collection in new format, merging CRS and DAC systems.

Data management:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Database on Country Programmable Aid (CPA database)

Purpose

Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA - official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients. To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey of Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the annual Report on Division of Labour and global fragmentation.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA and make sectoral CPA data available online via OECD.STAT and QWIDS.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries

Purpose

The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.
Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued reform of DAC statistics, through implementation of new classification of aid, further work on improving access to data, possible sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

A new work stream on non-ODA flows will be integrated into STAT in early 2011. For the first time, a dedicated unit (2 officials) will closely examine types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work), STAT will consider preparing a report for the DAC in Q4 2011.

Data collection:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Balance of Payments

Purpose

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Balance of Payments
MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The BOP database needs a full review and an investigation into how best to implement BPM6. This can only be done with additional resources.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment

Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

• Following the Council recommendation of 2008:
  i) to continue work on Research Agenda;
  ii) To promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;
• To promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Establishing a clear communications policy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;
• Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.
• Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

FDI statistics -Review of OECD accession candidate countries

Purpose

To review the position of the OECD accession candidate country vis-a-vis the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition and related reporting requirements as set out in the OECD Accession Roadmap.

Objectives and outputs

Contribution to Investment Committee's examination of the willingness and the ability of the accession candidate country to assume the obligations of OECD membership in its field of competence.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics

Purpose

To compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on inward and outward FDI flows and positions to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire based on the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment and the IMF Balance of Payments Manual). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries.

Statistics are also included regularly or as required for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc. Data and analysis are mainly published annually in two distinct publications: OECD International Direct Investment Yearbook and International Investment Perspectives. Data are also provided on OECD.Stat for wider usage by OECD analysts.

For most recent trends, timely aggregate quarterly FDI statistics are compiled and disseminated on OECD website:http://www.oecd.org/document/8/0,3343,en_2649_33763_40930184_1_1_1_1,00.html

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will be upgraded to include the revised methodological recommendations included in the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment. This upgrading will allow including data according to BMD4 which countries may report in 2010 for the reference year 2009.

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

International Trade Indicators

Purpose

To measure globalisation in the context of international trade, for the levels of total trade (goods and services), trade of goods and trade of services. Some of the indicators refer to aggregated levels while other ones differentiate according to types of commodities traded, to types of services delivered or to types of economic activities involved.

Objectives and outputs

Extension of the indicators present in the database.
Update of existing indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension of a number of indicators in response to identified, globalisation-related statistical needs.

Improvement of timeliness of data updates, extension of FAME-based calculation and updating procedures to more indicators.

Trade by enterprise characteristics

Purpose

To measure, on the one hand, the contribution of real economic sectors to trading, and on the other hand, to complement business data with detailed information on trade, which is traditionally not part of business statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Under guidance of the Business Economic Statistics and Trade (BEST) Steering Group, a first OECD Linkage Table, which is based on Eurostat's Standardisation Document Rev. 2, was sent out to participating Non-EU-OECD member countries. Up to now, OECD has received data collection tables from Canada, , Norway and the United States. In addition, Eurostat provided OECD with the respective (published) data tables of several EU member states for reference years 2005-7. After reclassification of the Eurostat data to OECD standards (ISIC and CPC classifications, USD currency and OECD geo-nomenclature), these were integrated to the Trade by enterprise characteristics (TEC) database of the OECD, available in the globalisation cube of OECD.Stat.

Databases

Trade by Enterprise Characteristics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the data collection will include more recent reference years and more countries, in co-operation with Eurostat.

The Handbook on Trade Microdata is expected to be completed early in 2011 and submitted to the BEST Steering Group. The next BEST Steering Group meeting will be the crucial point to fix the next steps for the continuation and expansion of this database.

International Trade in Goods

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. A successful completion of the first phase (data collection and transmission to UNSD) of this initiative has already resulted in a reduction of the response burden for member countries and has led in 2006 to identical trade figures published by both the UN and the OECD (processed data). The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues. The 2010 ITS expert meeting attracted 130 participants.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics
Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, data quality and timeliness of processed data should be further improved as it is planned to implement "data capture" checks in order to facilitate the upload of data into ITCS.

ITCS in OECD.Stat has continued stabilizing in 2010 and efficiency results have been gained thanks to the new server and new architecture of ITCS on OECD.stat which resulted in better performances and better timeliness (through the implementation of a direct link between ITCS and OECD.stat).

The team will continue working on files data and metadata files received in the context of the accession of the new members to the OECD. Upload of data files into the database will be dealt with in the context of all the other priorities.

The team will be involved on the publication of the new Trade and Competitiveness at a Glance.

In the context of the 2011-2012 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be conducted on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services

Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 33 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 31 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services including the finalisation of the paper version of the "The Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services" (MSITS 2010) and its online annexes. Prepare outline of the compilation guidance.

Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)
OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Promote SDMX for exchanging trade in services data.
Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

Implement EBOPS 2010 in StatWorks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards, beginning with Australia.

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.
Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire to will be asked to fill in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format

Intra-firm trade

Purpose

To create a dataset of intra-firm trade among OECD countries for TAD report on "Intra-firm trade".

Objectives and outputs

The project started in 2010 and will continue in 2011. A work-in-progress report has been presented in September 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will include US data at a more disaggregated level (HS6) and estimates based on firm-level data (ORBIS) will be updated.

Monthly International Trade

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of Economic Outlook. Online availability of OECD's detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the recommendations of the WPTGS and the work carried out by the Secretariat, it is planned for 2011 to continue work on implementation of the methodological questionnaire results; advance total trade data submission to MSIT to feed into MEI in a timely manner (after aligning methodologies between MSIT and MEI) and to produce identical, consistent monthly trade aggregate figures in the two publications; expand scope of countries to include the 5 Accession countries with help from additional resources marked to that effect.

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

Purpose

To provide a reliable and accurate regulatory database which can be easily updated for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Objectives and outputs

the STRI Regulatory Database inform on the existence of barriers to trade in services in the countries covered. This information is completed by direct links to the legal sources and comments clarifying the context.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database has been completely refined and updated during the year.


2.7 Prices (OECD)
Price Indicators

Purpose

To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

Objectives and outputs

The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) publication and database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation, and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

Organisation of Seminars to discuss methodological issues. A manual on real estate prices will be written.

Databases

MEI
MEI_PRICE

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Organise a joint Eurostat-OECD Task Force for the revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.
• Calculate G20 aggregates for CPI
• Improve the dissemination of price indices

Data management:
 • Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

Purchasing Power Parities

Purpose

Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Calculation of final benchmark results for the round 2008
• Organisation of the data collection for the 2011 round which started in 2009 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).
• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed. Participate in the ad-hoc task forces set up by Eurostat to discuss various issues associated with PPPs.
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs (publication of a WP on hospital price levels)

Databases

ANA

Purchasing Power Parities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health (to be implemented in 2012).
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Participation in a TF to update the Eurostat-OECD PPP manual.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

Purpose

To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

Objectives and outputs

The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)/ Analytical Researchers, Scientists and Engineers (ANRSE)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Country coverage was expanded in 2010, along with improved data processing and checking routines. In 2011, the estimation techniques for missing data in each country will be further reviewed.

Biotechnology

Purpose

To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.
OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Additional countries to be added.

Careers of Doctorate Holders

Purpose

Collect data on the labour market outcome and mobility of doctorate holders

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and update internal database, use data for analysis at the macro level, launch work using micro-data with interested countries, evaluate data collection and revise methodology accordingly

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Russian Federation

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Purpose

To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

Objectives and outputs

This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Main Developments for 2011

Data management:
MSTI database production system: migration from StatWorks to SAS software (2010-Q4)

Patent Statistics

Purpose

To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

"Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

A matching exercise is currently being performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) was first made available to researchers in October 2009. It is currently being improved and expanded. Preliminary indicators at the firm level were presented and discussed at several meetings.

Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

Regular workshops on patent statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, USPTO, JPO, WIPO and Eurostat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent offices); expand the exercise of harmonising patent applicant's names and matching with firm-level databases, development of further patent indicators (reflecting globalisation, specific technologies); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ENV, GOV) expected in 2011.

Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

Another matching exercise will be conducted in order to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual "R&D Statistics" and the biannual "Main S&T Indicators" publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Plan to publish ISIC Rev. 4

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

Objectives and outputs

The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database.

The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

R&D_SM database



2. Economic Statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
STAN Database for Industrial Analysis

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Databases

Database for Industrial Analysis (STAN)
OECD STAN Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Inclusion of additional countries in STAN (e.g. ). Preparations for implementation of ISIC Rev. 4. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper.

Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys

Purpose

To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are published in the OECD's monthly Main Economic Indicators (MEI). Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

During the year 2010 the OECD has evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. For 2011 the OECD will start the review of its Business Tendency Surveys handbook last revised in 2003.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The review of the Business Tendency Surveys handbook will start.

Main Economic Indicators

Purpose

The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and for all Enhanced Engagement economies on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A Review of the MEI process will take place in 2011.

Data collection:

On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

Real-time and Revisions Database

Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Composite Leading Indicators

Purpose

To compile and disseminate the OECD composite leading indicators for OECD member countries and for the BRICS NMEs + Indonesia, which help analysts to assess the cyclical phase of the OECD economies and forecast its future development.

To do methodological development work and carry out scientific research in this field.

Objectives and outputs

OECD Composite Leading Indicators (CLI) are published in the monthly Main Economic Indicators publication and in a monthly press release.

The quality of existing CLIs is monitored and enhanced on an on-going basis, including the expansion of country coverage for both OECD member and non-member countries, and the development of new tools in the research software for cyclical analysis and composite indicators.

Main achievements in 2010 were the finalization of a distributable package of the production system (CACISd), setting up the dissemination website in Clearspace, with the goal of reinforcing transparency.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_CLI

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update CLIs for selected OECD member countries.
Introduction of the 4 new OECD member economy CLIs.
Organization of training seminars.

Data collection:

Inclusion of additional series required for the compilation of CLIs for Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation and South Africa and for OECD member as a result of on-going review of CLI component series for each country.

Data management:

Incorporation of more detailed metadata on CLI compilation methodology in MetaStore.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
Annual National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

The paper and electronic publications contain a wide selection of accounts: Main aggregates (GDP by expenditure, GDP by kind of activity, GDP by income and disposable income, saving and net lending), detailed breakdown by kind of activity for gross value added (at current and constant prices), components of value added, and gross fixed capital formation and employment. It also includes final consumption expenditure of households by purpose and simplified accounts for general government. Detailed accounts by institutional sectors are only available on the electronic publications. The publications also give comparative tables based on exchange rates and comparative tables based on purchasing power parities for OECD member countries and for the following groups: OECD, OECD-Europe, Euro Zone and the European Union as well as volume and price indices for GDP aggregates. Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in paper publication, CD-ROM, SourceOECD, OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data from EE countries : Brazil, India, South Africa

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)

Purpose

Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Main changes in content relate to the progressive inclusion of relevant statistics for the Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries over the coming year. New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use.

Data management:

Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

Financial Accounts

Purpose

To provide unique data sets of harmonised data on financial accounts and financial balance sheets of OECD countries, according to SNA 1993, to analysts and policy makers.

Objectives and outputs

This activity mainly focuses on the collection of comparable quantitative and qualitative information on financial transactions carried out and on financial stocks held by institutional sectors of the economy in the OECD member countries.

The main objectives are to improve the quantity and the quality of information on OECD financial accounts (transmission of timely, reliable and consistent data) and to disseminate comparable tables on financial accounts (transactions) and financial balance sheets (stocks).

Accession countries' data have been included in the databases when available.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Financial Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The most important change will be the new quarterly frequency which will be added for the four SNA-related databases (see below).

In addition, the database on Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets will continue to be improved. All OECD countries are now covered. For some countries however, the sectoral coverage has still to be extended while for some countries, additional datasets (flows or stocks, consolidated or non-consolidated) will continue to be required.

Data for Russia, for the EE5 countries, and for additional G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia) will be requested.

Detailed methodological information relating Financial accounts and Financial balance sheets should be updated and included in MetaStore.

Data collection:

In 2011, data will be collected on a quarterly basis in addition to the current annual frequency. However, EU data will not be published.

Historical data will be added to the database as soon as countries sent them. Data which are still missing for some Member countries will continue to be requested and included in the databases.

Data for Russia will be integrated (if provided) in the OECD databases; depending on resources, data for some non-Member countries (EE5 and G20) will be asked and processed according to their availability.

Moreover, following conclusions of the 2009 and 2010 WPFS meetings, financial indicators based on financial accounts and balance sheets, and on the two other SNA-related database (on Households and Institutional investors) will be calculated and disseminated.

IT developments in the ANA database, which should have been made in 2010, are urgently needed at the very beginning of 2011 to be able to integrate quarterly data.

Data management:

Financial indicators based on these datasets should be calculated and made available in the datasets.

A new database system has been required to ITN to host quarterly data which have been requested from countries: it has to be created at the very beginning of the year to be able to use quarterly financial accounts data.

General Government National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

To provide a forum for international exchange on national accounts and public finance standards in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability of major public finance indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

ANA - SNA
Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data for EE countries: Brazil, India, South Africa

Handbook on the Measurement of Non-market Services

Purpose

To advance on the volume output measurement for health and education services in the national accounts.

Objectives and outputs

This activity was endorsed by the OECD Committee on Statistics in 2005. The main purpose is the development of a handbook on the topic and advances with the empirical measurement of the volume of health and education services across countries (see also PPP for health and education). The handbook has now been completed and was published in 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Activity completed in 2010.

Household Assets and Liabilities

Purpose

This data collection aims at better knowing the households' behaviour vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 - Households.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

Updating of the database.

Extension of the database to additional countries (accession countries).

Better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

It is expected to further improve the coverage (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (EE5 and G20)

Quarterly data will be collected and used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection:

According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

Input-Output

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

Objectives and outputs

The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

Input-Output

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Country coverage to be expanded to include more Asian countries and, if possible, to complete the coverage of G20.

Institutional Investors' assets

Purpose

This data collection integrated in the framework of the SNA cover detailed assets (including a breakdown of resident/non resident data) for a number of institutional investors (more detailed than in the SNA93). Its aim is to have more detailed information on the activities of the institutional investors (not covered by the SNA) in OECD Member countries.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

The database has been updated up to 2009, including new OECD countries and Russia.

Improvements in the coverage of the database have been achieved.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Institutional Investors' assets

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update and improvement of the coverage.
According to decisions taken at the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected when available and used to calculate indicators.

Data collection:

Improved coverage of the database.
According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

National Accounts for Non-member Economies

Purpose

To cooperate with non-member countries not included in the Quarterly National Accounts database and incorporate these countries into the standard OECD MEI data collection and dissemination program.

Objectives and outputs

Provide users with non-member national accounts data.
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

National accounts and prices for non-member countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

To remove these countries once they are incorporated into the QNA database.

Productivity/Capital Services

Purpose

Four OECD Directorates have co-operated to produce a data set for productivity measures, a widely-used indicator of economic performance. The purpose of this activity is to bring together, in one place, the results of this work and make available various productivity measures as well as relevant methodological information such as the OECD Manual on Measuring Capital. The series on capital services, multi-factor productivity (MFP) and GDP per hour worked are a standard input into the Economic Department's estimate of potential output.

Objectives and outputs

Labour productivity indices for 30 countries and a set of capital services and multi-factor productivity measures for 20 countries are regularly updated and are available on OECD.Stat. Recent methodological developments concerned both the development of multi-factor productivity estimates by industry in the OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database and research on total economy productivity measures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

International organisation

Databases

Productivity/capital services database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the database will continue to be updated regularly with the aim to increase the number of available countries, and MFP by industry statistics related to the development of OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database will be released. Methodological developments will concern both productivity indicators at the total economy level and MFP estimates by industry.

Quarterly National Accounts

Purpose

1. To provide a real time update of member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

2. To provide external users a selection of key time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of volume data and indices for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on SNA 1993/ESA 1995. It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible, a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries covering accounts at the level of the overall economy and some institutional sectors accounts.

Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts for member countries and a few non-member economies.

The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Brazilian data have been loaded to the QNA database in 2010.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

Increase geographical coverage of the QNA database by including Enhanced Engagement (EE) countries (India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) and possibly remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries through Eurostat. Study the possibility to collect non-EU QSA depending on data availability.

Data collection:

Extension of the statistical content (new accounts, new sets of chained volume estimates, new seasonally adjusted series) and the time coverage (historical series) to take account of the development of QNA made in countries.

Extension of the country coverage (new Member countries and EE countries).

Encourage non-EU countries to provide QNA data in SDMX format.

Sending of a standard questionnaire to non-EU countries for quarterly sector accounts data collection.

Data management:

Change of the OECD reference year to 2005.

Update of the composition of OECD groups based on new Members.

Human Capital Accounts

Purpose

To develop an agreed methodology for producing numerical estimates of Human Capital for the purposes of international and inter-temporal comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The project was endorsed by CSTAT in June and started in October 2009. An OECD database has been set up with all essential information needed to measure human capital for each participating country (16 OECD member and 2 non-member countries). The preliminary estimation results have shown the feasibility of measuring human capital for comparative analyses, based on common methodology and assumptions, and even by using categorical data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Romania, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A working paper that summarises the outcomes of the first phase of the project will be released in early 2011. In addition, efforts will be put on improving estimates and extending country coverage if possible. Work on constructing an accumulation account that explains the changes in human capital is also envisaged.

Measuring disparities in a National Accounts framework

Purpose

This activity aims to integrate information on distribution in the household national accounts. The Expert Group gathering micro and macro experts on households' will consider how existing micro data could be used to produce measures of disparities between groups of households that are consistent with SNA concepts and SNA averages for the household sector.

Objectives and outputs

The first phase of the project (from January 2011 to summer 2011) will focus on tacking stock of information currently available on household income, in-kind transfers, consumption expenditures and, in perspective, wealth as provided by both macro and micro sources, including a description and a comparison of recorded amounts from the two sources.

The second activity (from September 2011 to the summer 2012) will consist in breaking down SNA-aggregates for the household sector using information available from micro-sources (i.e. allocating macro-aggregates among different groups of households) so that measures of disparities, consistent with SNA aggregates, could be constructed. The final outputs will consist of two reports:

i. A report summarizing the current data availability of macro data on household income, consumption and wealth, detailing how these are compiled and assessing how micro-data are used in that process across OECD countries. The report will also present a comparison of micro and macro aggregates.

ii. A report presenting a breakdown on SNA household aggregates for a number of countries in a recent year, based on common methodologies and disaggregation.

The Expert Group will begin its work in early 2011, with final results expected by 2012.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011 we expect to achieve a better knowledge i) on how the household national accounts are compiled across countries and ii) on gaps between micro and macro data on households' economic resources across countries.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship

Purpose

i) To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

ii) To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

i) The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

ii) In the framework of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme, Business Demography Indicators are collected formally and include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and numbers of high growth firms - all based on common concepts developed in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

The main achievement of this activity include the publication Structural and Demographic Business Statistics (March 2010) and the Statistics Brief No. 15 on Measuring Entrepreneurship (November 2010).

The Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme Steering Group held its sixth meeting in December 2010. This was followed by a Workshop jointly organised by the OECD and Eurostat. The Workshop focused on two categories of entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities.

In addition to the Steering Group, the Secretariat has developed an EIP Network so that additional countries and organisations may remain abreast of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme work and participate on an ad hoc basis.

The EIP was presented in several official internal meetings and in Workshops and Conferences held outside the Organisation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania

Databases

SDBS - Business Demography Indicators
SDBS - Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2011 include:

• The extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;
• The development of additional indicators of entrepreneurial performance;
• The publication of the first issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in March 2011.

Data collection:

Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.

Foreign Affiliates in Services

Purpose

To give detailed data on the role played by multinationals in the services sectors of the OECD countries, which concerns inward and outward foreign direct investment.

Objectives and outputs

The database on Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services covers the following variables: number of enterprises, turnover, value added, employment, personnel costs, investments, exports and imports, R&D expenditure and R&D personnel, for inward and outward activities of multinational firms. Data on the activity of parent companies are also requested.

Databases

Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services Database (FATS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

This database is going to be merged with the AFA database in a new AMNE database.

The 2010 questionnaire already includes these changes.

The cooperation with EUROSTAT should also become more important in 2011 going towards same definitions and questionnaires, except for the survey on parent companies.

Micro-data on enterprises

Purpose

To develop a large scale database of firm-level information, comparable across countries and industries. The database will contain a broad range of firm-level data, including employment, sales, labour costs, assets, etc., as well as information on the capital structure of firms.

This micro-database aims to complement existing OECD databases on industry and services (SBS, STAN, etc.).

Objectives and outputs

The micro-database is built on the ORBIS database of Bureau Van Dijk covering around 65 million companies across different industries and countries over several years. This database collects information on a broad range of financial and industrial information at the firm-level.

Given that the structure of the original database is not meant to serve research purposes, data is being extracted in a format suitable for analytical work. In addition, a thorough process of data cleaning and double checking is being undertaken to guarantee/increase the quality of the data.

In order to assess the coverage of the original database across industries and countries, existing databases will be used to assess the representativeness of the data.

The database is designed to support the analytical activities of different OECD directorates.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Europe, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

ORBIS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Update of the OECD Orbis database with a new architecture of the database, covering additional company and financial information, and as well ownership data with high quality.

• Analysis of the representativeness of ORBIS data compared to official micro-data available.

• Identification of multinationals and business groups.

• Intra-firm trade estimates.

Data collection:

More comparable information is expected on business demography and Entrepreneurship statistics, especially on the basis of the new Eurostat-OECD manual on Business Demography Statistics.

Production and Sales Indicators

Purpose

To provide short-term economic indicators of production, sales, orders, work started and in progress and stocks for OECD member countries and selected large emerging non-member economies.

Objectives and outputs

All the subjects under the Production and sales are classified under the following six top headings: Production, Sales, Orders, Work started, Work in progress, Stocks. Within each heading, indicators are further classified according to economic activities.

A review of core indicators took place in 2010, with an aim of streamlining the area, and prepare for a less co-ordinated operation between subjects within the MEI database and publications.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_REAL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No changes expected.

International Coordination of Services Statistics

Purpose

Given the wide variety of activities carried out by national and international organisations related to service statistics, to improve coordination of international development work on services statistics and facilitate a strategic view of priority needs. To provide an overview of these activities and facilitate communication between international expert groups involved. To identify overlaps, links and gaps in international work on methodological issues and data collection.

Objectives and outputs

Provide a report to the UN Statistics Commission (UNSC) on coordination of services statistics, with proposals on strategy, as requested by UNSC.
Facilitate coordination on service statistics by providing central information point on services statistics developments, gathering information from active groups, and create and maintain web pages on international developments in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Hong Kong, India, Other, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Delivery of services strategy and coordination report to UNSC 2010, with follow up as requested by UNSC. Development of OECD web pages on coordination of services statistics. Continue coordination work and monitoring developments according to guidance from UNSC 2010, Continue to chair and coordinate the work of the Task Force on Statistics on International Trade in Services (TFSITS).

Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.

Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.

New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

Training and skills development in SMEs

Purpose

Collection of data through surveys of SMEs in Canada, Turkey, Poland, Belgium, UK and New Zealand.

Objectives and outputs

Survey has more than 700 responses so far from Poland, UK, Belgium, New Zealand and Turkey. Survey to be finalised with inputs from Canada and Turkey and Belgium by March 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data on microfirms (less than 10 employees) and about formal and informal training.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
STAN Database for Industrial Analysis

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Databases

Database for Industrial Analysis (STAN)
OECD STAN Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Inclusion of additional countries in STAN (e.g. ). Preparations for implementation of ISIC Rev. 4. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper.

Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys

Purpose

To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are published in the OECD's monthly Main Economic Indicators (MEI). Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

During the year 2010 the OECD has evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. For 2011 the OECD will start the review of its Business Tendency Surveys handbook last revised in 2003.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The review of the Business Tendency Surveys handbook will start.

Main Economic Indicators

Purpose

The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and for all Enhanced Engagement economies on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A Review of the MEI process will take place in 2011.

Data collection:

On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

Real-time and Revisions Database

Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Composite Leading Indicators

Purpose

To compile and disseminate the OECD composite leading indicators for OECD member countries and for the BRICS NMEs + Indonesia, which help analysts to assess the cyclical phase of the OECD economies and forecast its future development.

To do methodological development work and carry out scientific research in this field.

Objectives and outputs

OECD Composite Leading Indicators (CLI) are published in the monthly Main Economic Indicators publication and in a monthly press release.

The quality of existing CLIs is monitored and enhanced on an on-going basis, including the expansion of country coverage for both OECD member and non-member countries, and the development of new tools in the research software for cyclical analysis and composite indicators.

Main achievements in 2010 were the finalization of a distributable package of the production system (CACISd), setting up the dissemination website in Clearspace, with the goal of reinforcing transparency.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_CLI

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update CLIs for selected OECD member countries.
Introduction of the 4 new OECD member economy CLIs.
Organization of training seminars.

Data collection:

Inclusion of additional series required for the compilation of CLIs for Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation and South Africa and for OECD member as a result of on-going review of CLI component series for each country.

Data management:

Incorporation of more detailed metadata on CLI compilation methodology in MetaStore.2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
Annual National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

The paper and electronic publications contain a wide selection of accounts: Main aggregates (GDP by expenditure, GDP by kind of activity, GDP by income and disposable income, saving and net lending), detailed breakdown by kind of activity for gross value added (at current and constant prices), components of value added, and gross fixed capital formation and employment. It also includes final consumption expenditure of households by purpose and simplified accounts for general government. Detailed accounts by institutional sectors are only available on the electronic publications. The publications also give comparative tables based on exchange rates and comparative tables based on purchasing power parities for OECD member countries and for the following groups: OECD, OECD-Europe, Euro Zone and the European Union as well as volume and price indices for GDP aggregates. Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in paper publication, CD-ROM, SourceOECD, OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data from EE countries : Brazil, India, South Africa

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)

Purpose

Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Main changes in content relate to the progressive inclusion of relevant statistics for the Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries over the coming year. New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use.

Data management:

Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

Financial Accounts

Purpose

To provide unique data sets of harmonised data on financial accounts and financial balance sheets of OECD countries, according to SNA 1993, to analysts and policy makers.

Objectives and outputs

This activity mainly focuses on the collection of comparable quantitative and qualitative information on financial transactions carried out and on financial stocks held by institutional sectors of the economy in the OECD member countries.

The main objectives are to improve the quantity and the quality of information on OECD financial accounts (transmission of timely, reliable and consistent data) and to disseminate comparable tables on financial accounts (transactions) and financial balance sheets (stocks).

Accession countries' data have been included in the databases when available.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Financial Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The most important change will be the new quarterly frequency which will be added for the four SNA-related databases (see below).

In addition, the database on Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets will continue to be improved. All OECD countries are now covered. For some countries however, the sectoral coverage has still to be extended while for some countries, additional datasets (flows or stocks, consolidated or non-consolidated) will continue to be required.

Data for Russia, for the EE5 countries, and for additional G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia) will be requested.

Detailed methodological information relating Financial accounts and Financial balance sheets should be updated and included in MetaStore.

Data collection:

In 2011, data will be collected on a quarterly basis in addition to the current annual frequency. However, EU data will not be published.

Historical data will be added to the database as soon as countries sent them. Data which are still missing for some Member countries will continue to be requested and included in the databases.

Data for Russia will be integrated (if provided) in the OECD databases; depending on resources, data for some non-Member countries (EE5 and G20) will be asked and processed according to their availability.

Moreover, following conclusions of the 2009 and 2010 WPFS meetings, financial indicators based on financial accounts and balance sheets, and on the two other SNA-related database (on Households and Institutional investors) will be calculated and disseminated.

IT developments in the ANA database, which should have been made in 2010, are urgently needed at the very beginning of 2011 to be able to integrate quarterly data.

Data management:

Financial indicators based on these datasets should be calculated and made available in the datasets.

A new database system has been required to ITN to host quarterly data which have been requested from countries: it has to be created at the very beginning of the year to be able to use quarterly financial accounts data.

General Government National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

To provide a forum for international exchange on national accounts and public finance standards in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability of major public finance indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

ANA - SNA
Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data for EE countries: Brazil, India, South Africa

Handbook on the Measurement of Non-market Services

Purpose

To advance on the volume output measurement for health and education services in the national accounts.

Objectives and outputs

This activity was endorsed by the OECD Committee on Statistics in 2005. The main purpose is the development of a handbook on the topic and advances with the empirical measurement of the volume of health and education services across countries (see also PPP for health and education). The handbook has now been completed and was published in 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Activity completed in 2010.

Household Assets and Liabilities

Purpose

This data collection aims at better knowing the households' behaviour vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 - Households.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

Updating of the database.

Extension of the database to additional countries (accession countries).

Better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

It is expected to further improve the coverage (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (EE5 and G20)

Quarterly data will be collected and used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection:

According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

Input-Output

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

Objectives and outputs

The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

Input-Output

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Country coverage to be expanded to include more Asian countries and, if possible, to complete the coverage of G20.

Institutional Investors' assets

Purpose

This data collection integrated in the framework of the SNA cover detailed assets (including a breakdown of resident/non resident data) for a number of institutional investors (more detailed than in the SNA93). Its aim is to have more detailed information on the activities of the institutional investors (not covered by the SNA) in OECD Member countries.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

The database has been updated up to 2009, including new OECD countries and Russia.

Improvements in the coverage of the database have been achieved.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Institutional Investors' assets

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update and improvement of the coverage.
According to decisions taken at the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected when available and used to calculate indicators.

Data collection:

Improved coverage of the database.
According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

National Accounts for Non-member Economies

Purpose

To cooperate with non-member countries not included in the Quarterly National Accounts database and incorporate these countries into the standard OECD MEI data collection and dissemination program.

Objectives and outputs

Provide users with non-member national accounts data.
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

National accounts and prices for non-member countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

To remove these countries once they are incorporated into the QNA database.

Productivity/Capital Services

Purpose

Four OECD Directorates have co-operated to produce a data set for productivity measures, a widely-used indicator of economic performance. The purpose of this activity is to bring together, in one place, the results of this work and make available various productivity measures as well as relevant methodological information such as the OECD Manual on Measuring Capital. The series on capital services, multi-factor productivity (MFP) and GDP per hour worked are a standard input into the Economic Department's estimate of potential output.

Objectives and outputs

Labour productivity indices for 30 countries and a set of capital services and multi-factor productivity measures for 20 countries are regularly updated and are available on OECD.Stat. Recent methodological developments concerned both the development of multi-factor productivity estimates by industry in the OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database and research on total economy productivity measures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

International organisation

Databases

Productivity/capital services database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the database will continue to be updated regularly with the aim to increase the number of available countries, and MFP by industry statistics related to the development of OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database will be released. Methodological developments will concern both productivity indicators at the total economy level and MFP estimates by industry.

Quarterly National Accounts

Purpose

1. To provide a real time update of member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

2. To provide external users a selection of key time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of volume data and indices for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on SNA 1993/ESA 1995. It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible, a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries covering accounts at the level of the overall economy and some institutional sectors accounts.

Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts for member countries and a few non-member economies.

The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Brazilian data have been loaded to the QNA database in 2010.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

Increase geographical coverage of the QNA database by including Enhanced Engagement (EE) countries (India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) and possibly remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries through Eurostat. Study the possibility to collect non-EU QSA depending on data availability.

Data collection:

Extension of the statistical content (new accounts, new sets of chained volume estimates, new seasonally adjusted series) and the time coverage (historical series) to take account of the development of QNA made in countries.

Extension of the country coverage (new Member countries and EE countries).

Encourage non-EU countries to provide QNA data in SDMX format.

Sending of a standard questionnaire to non-EU countries for quarterly sector accounts data collection.

Data management:

Change of the OECD reference year to 2005.

Update of the composition of OECD groups based on new Members.

Human Capital Accounts

Purpose

To develop an agreed methodology for producing numerical estimates of Human Capital for the purposes of international and inter-temporal comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The project was endorsed by CSTAT in June and started in October 2009. An OECD database has been set up with all essential information needed to measure human capital for each participating country (16 OECD member and 2 non-member countries). The preliminary estimation results have shown the feasibility of measuring human capital for comparative analyses, based on common methodology and assumptions, and even by using categorical data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Romania, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A working paper that summarises the outcomes of the first phase of the project will be released in early 2011. In addition, efforts will be put on improving estimates and extending country coverage if possible. Work on constructing an accumulation account that explains the changes in human capital is also envisaged.

Measuring disparities in a National Accounts framework

Purpose

This activity aims to integrate information on distribution in the household national accounts. The Expert Group gathering micro and macro experts on households' will consider how existing micro data could be used to produce measures of disparities between groups of households that are consistent with SNA concepts and SNA averages for the household sector.

Objectives and outputs

The first phase of the project (from January 2011 to summer 2011) will focus on tacking stock of information currently available on household income, in-kind transfers, consumption expenditures and, in perspective, wealth as provided by both macro and micro sources, including a description and a comparison of recorded amounts from the two sources.

The second activity (from September 2011 to the summer 2012) will consist in breaking down SNA-aggregates for the household sector using information available from micro-sources (i.e. allocating macro-aggregates among different groups of households) so that measures of disparities, consistent with SNA aggregates, could be constructed. The final outputs will consist of two reports:

i. A report summarizing the current data availability of macro data on household income, consumption and wealth, detailing how these are compiled and assessing how micro-data are used in that process across OECD countries. The report will also present a comparison of micro and macro aggregates.

ii. A report presenting a breakdown on SNA household aggregates for a number of countries in a recent year, based on common methodologies and disaggregation.

The Expert Group will begin its work in early 2011, with final results expected by 2012.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011 we expect to achieve a better knowledge i) on how the household national accounts are compiled across countries and ii) on gaps between micro and macro data on households' economic resources across countries.2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship

Purpose

i) To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

ii) To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

i) The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

ii) In the framework of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme, Business Demography Indicators are collected formally and include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and numbers of high growth firms - all based on common concepts developed in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

The main achievement of this activity include the publication Structural and Demographic Business Statistics (March 2010) and the Statistics Brief No. 15 on Measuring Entrepreneurship (November 2010).

The Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme Steering Group held its sixth meeting in December 2010. This was followed by a Workshop jointly organised by the OECD and Eurostat. The Workshop focused on two categories of entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities.

In addition to the Steering Group, the Secretariat has developed an EIP Network so that additional countries and organisations may remain abreast of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme work and participate on an ad hoc basis.

The EIP was presented in several official internal meetings and in Workshops and Conferences held outside the Organisation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania

Databases

SDBS - Business Demography Indicators
SDBS - Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2011 include:

• The extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;
• The development of additional indicators of entrepreneurial performance;
• The publication of the first issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in March 2011.

Data collection:

Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.

Foreign Affiliates in Services

Purpose

To give detailed data on the role played by multinationals in the services sectors of the OECD countries, which concerns inward and outward foreign direct investment.

Objectives and outputs

The database on Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services covers the following variables: number of enterprises, turnover, value added, employment, personnel costs, investments, exports and imports, R&D expenditure and R&D personnel, for inward and outward activities of multinational firms. Data on the activity of parent companies are also requested.

Databases

Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services Database (FATS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

This database is going to be merged with the AFA database in a new AMNE database.

The 2010 questionnaire already includes these changes.

The cooperation with EUROSTAT should also become more important in 2011 going towards same definitions and questionnaires, except for the survey on parent companies.

Micro-data on enterprises

Purpose

To develop a large scale database of firm-level information, comparable across countries and industries. The database will contain a broad range of firm-level data, including employment, sales, labour costs, assets, etc., as well as information on the capital structure of firms.

This micro-database aims to complement existing OECD databases on industry and services (SBS, STAN, etc.).

Objectives and outputs

The micro-database is built on the ORBIS database of Bureau Van Dijk covering around 65 million companies across different industries and countries over several years. This database collects information on a broad range of financial and industrial information at the firm-level.

Given that the structure of the original database is not meant to serve research purposes, data is being extracted in a format suitable for analytical work. In addition, a thorough process of data cleaning and double checking is being undertaken to guarantee/increase the quality of the data.

In order to assess the coverage of the original database across industries and countries, existing databases will be used to assess the representativeness of the data.

The database is designed to support the analytical activities of different OECD directorates.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Europe, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

ORBIS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Update of the OECD Orbis database with a new architecture of the database, covering additional company and financial information, and as well ownership data with high quality.

• Analysis of the representativeness of ORBIS data compared to official micro-data available.

• Identification of multinationals and business groups.

• Intra-firm trade estimates.

Data collection:

More comparable information is expected on business demography and Entrepreneurship statistics, especially on the basis of the new Eurostat-OECD manual on Business Demography Statistics.

Production and Sales Indicators

Purpose

To provide short-term economic indicators of production, sales, orders, work started and in progress and stocks for OECD member countries and selected large emerging non-member economies.

Objectives and outputs

All the subjects under the Production and sales are classified under the following six top headings: Production, Sales, Orders, Work started, Work in progress, Stocks. Within each heading, indicators are further classified according to economic activities.

A review of core indicators took place in 2010, with an aim of streamlining the area, and prepare for a less co-ordinated operation between subjects within the MEI database and publications.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_REAL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No changes expected.

International Coordination of Services Statistics

Purpose

Given the wide variety of activities carried out by national and international organisations related to service statistics, to improve coordination of international development work on services statistics and facilitate a strategic view of priority needs. To provide an overview of these activities and facilitate communication between international expert groups involved. To identify overlaps, links and gaps in international work on methodological issues and data collection.

Objectives and outputs

Provide a report to the UN Statistics Commission (UNSC) on coordination of services statistics, with proposals on strategy, as requested by UNSC.
Facilitate coordination on service statistics by providing central information point on services statistics developments, gathering information from active groups, and create and maintain web pages on international developments in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Hong Kong, India, Other, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Delivery of services strategy and coordination report to UNSC 2010, with follow up as requested by UNSC. Development of OECD web pages on coordination of services statistics. Continue coordination work and monitoring developments according to guidance from UNSC 2010, Continue to chair and coordinate the work of the Task Force on Statistics on International Trade in Services (TFSITS).

Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.

Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.

New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

Training and skills development in SMEs

Purpose

Collection of data through surveys of SMEs in Canada, Turkey, Poland, Belgium, UK and New Zealand.

Objectives and outputs

Survey has more than 700 responses so far from Poland, UK, Belgium, New Zealand and Turkey. Survey to be finalised with inputs from Canada and Turkey and Belgium by March 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data on microfirms (less than 10 employees) and about formal and informal training.2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
2.4.1 Agriculture, forestry, fisheries (OECD)
OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook

Purpose

To provide an annual update of statistical information and projections by country for OECD members, the OECD area, selected non-member countries, other developing and least developed countries and regional and world aggregates, of supply and use balances for cereals, oilseeds, biofuels, sugar, meats and dairy products up to 2020.

Objectives and outputs

To maintain a database with detailed supply and use information for most temperate zone agricultural commodities. The tables provide detailed information for production, consumption, trade, stocks and prices in OECD countries and a large number of other countries including China, Argentina, Brazil, India, South Africa, Russia and other CIS independent states and many smaller countries and regions in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Most series cover the period from 1970 to the most current year and include updated annual projections for up to ten years in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

South Africa

Databases

The Agricultural Commodities Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main change in 2011 is a full review of the parameters, coefficients and equations in several of the key country modules of the Aglink-Cosimo model used to generate long term projections.

Producer and Consumer Support Estimates in OECD Countries and selected economies

Purpose

To collect, process, evaluate and publish data on support to agriculture in OECD countries. The activity also provides staff with a database for various research and analysis activities of the Directorate. This is a joint activity between the "Agricultural Policies and Environment", the "Development" and the "Policies and Trade in Agriculture" Divisions of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate.

Objectives and outputs

To update the Producer and Consumer Support Estimate annual database and to calculate the various indicators of support to agriculture. The data are used to evaluate agricultural and other policies in OECD countries, mainly in the annual Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries Report, which is reviewed and approved by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets.

The data collected and the method used to calculate the indicators of support are reviewed both internally, and externally by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets, on an annual basis. These review processes improve the data quality as well as the methodology used in the calculations.

In this context, a new classification of the component parts of the support estimates was implemented from the 2007 Agricultural Policies in OECD countries Monitoring and Evaluation report. The database was extended to cover the new member countries in 2009 and 2010. A user friendly tool is being developed on the website for greater availability of the quantitative and analytical information to the public.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The 2011 report will integrate the former OECD countries report and the Emerging economies report in one single publication.

The major changes consist in the addition of new member countries as well as the integration in the 2011 report of selected non-member economies.
A new tool is being designed on the web site for improved dissemination of statistical information.

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries - 2011

Purpose

To collect and present data for the publication Review of Fisheries. To provide staff, and other potential users, with a database for research and analysis purposes. The latter applies to the Policy Reviews as well as other activities of the Division. To provide other Directorates with data on fisheries resources.

Objectives and outputs

The principal purpose is to collect and make available data on a consistent basis among member countries (and observers) of statistics relevant to fisheries i.e. landings (harvest) and processing, fleet, fishers, employment, trade (via the ITS database), aquaculture and government financial transfers. The data are used nationally, principally for reporting purposes and internationally (e.g. OECD), for analytical purposes. Data also serve as reference for other international organisations and as a means for cross-checking and reconciling information from national sources.

Questionnaires and tables are sent (annually) to national correspondents following discussion and approval by the Committee for Fisheries. Data are collected and disseminated in the Review of Fisheries Statistics. Data published are also accessible via the public fisheries web site and more recent series through the Committee Web Site. At the international level co-ordination takes place among agencies involved in fisheries statistical programmes through the Co-ordinated Working Party (CWP) on Fisheries Statistics. The OECD is in close co-operation with the FAO and EUROSTAT in the collection of fisheries data. This is done, inter alia, with a view to avoid overlapping activities.

The data collected (and the procedures) are reviewed by the Committee for Fisheries on an annual basis. Internationally, improvements are carried out through the CWP.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Thailand

Databases

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued improvements in metadata and comparison possibilities across member countries. The Government Financial Transfer (GFT) data are now included in the database. Data are now available to the public via the fisheries web site. Chinese Taipei and Thailand have been included since 2006. A major overhaul of the database took place in 2005.2.4.3 Mining, manufacturing, construction (OECD)
Steel

Purpose

To meet the mandate of the OECD Steel Committee and provide the statistical background needed for policy discussions in the Committee. Statistics are also produced for two publications, one on the iron and steel market and the other on steelmaking capacity in non-OECD economies.

Objectives and outputs

To provide participants of the Steel Committee with a broad range of information on the world steel industry and related raw material markets in order to enhance transparency and facilitate discussion by member and non-member economies on challenging policy issues facing the industry. More specifically, the statistical work includes gathering data on steel supply (capacity, production), demand, prices, trade, employment, and trade policy measures, in addition to market data on raw materials used in steelmaking (iron ore, coal, coke, ferrous scrap, and ferroalloys).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Egypt, India, Malaysia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The statistical work carried out to support the efforts of the OECD Steel Committee will be enhanced through cooperation with steel statistical providers from around the world.2.4.4 Transport (OECD)
Annual Transport Statistics

Purpose

To provide annual transport information presenting disaggregated statistical data in the transport sector.

Objectives and outputs

Data are collected in a harmonised way to facilitate comparisons between modes of transport and between countries by means of the Common Questionnaire developed jointly between three international organisations: Eurostat, ITF and UNECE.

Data cover topics such as investment, infrastructure, rolling stock, human resources, traffic and energy consumption for different inland transport modes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan

Databases

Transport Statistics - Common Questionnaire

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

ITF is developing a corporate database to integrate the information collected by means of the Common Questionnaire. The corporate database is planned to be ready towards the end of 2011.

Data collection:

Upgraded version of the WEB questionnaire

International Database of Taxes and Changes for Road Freight Transport

Purpose

To provide indicators for efficiency and impact on competition of taxes and charges for transport in order to allow international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The final report provides a framework for international comparisons and discusses the economic principles for efficient systems of taxation. It provides a basis for addressing the questions "what is the right level for transport taxes" and "what kinds of charges should be used".

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Investment in Transport Infrastructure

Purpose

To provide an annual update of statistical information on transport infrastructure investment, for all ITF countries, on total gross investment and maintenance expenditure.

Objectives and outputs

After processing the data, quality checks were carried out to select reliable time series to be made available on the web site along with a short analysis of trends.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Databases

Investment in Transport Infrastructure

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data quality was improved by using more appropriated deflators when available.

Quarterly Transport Statistics

Purpose

To provide harmonised information on selected basic quarterly indicators in order to compare the latest inland transport trends between countries.

Objectives and outputs

To publish results every three months on the ITF web site, on a country by country basis with 4-5 months lag maximum (data for the first quarter is collected in June and published in July). Available series cover good transport in T-km, passenger transport in P-Km, road traffic in V-Km, brand new vehicles registration, car fuel consumption, road fatalities, imports and exports at current prices and industrial production.

Country by country data tables are available, as well as graphs showing trends for both individual countries and selected groups of countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Databases

Short-term trends survey

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Starting with the publication of the 2nd quarter of 2009 results, an analytical report based on seasonally adjusted data is published each quarter published with the data on the ITF WEB site.

Information on air and maritime transport are integrated in the analysis to provide a global view on the transport activity.

Transport Sector Trends Analysis

Purpose

To provide a first analysis of both passenger and freight transport trends, as well as road accident trends. A short list of selected indicators are collected for that purpose.

Objectives and outputs

To publish an analysis of the transport situation in different geographical regions. The publication also gives the latest statistics on the situation of the transport market in ITF countries and presents charts which help to show what changes have occurred since 1970.

Because it is published earlier than any other comparable study, this report provides first-hand figures about passenger and freight transport as well as road accidents.

Since 2008 the publication also includes information on investment and maintenance expenses in transport infrastructures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Ukraine

Databases

Trends in the Transport Sector - Leaflet

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The publication covers all transport modes including maritime and air as well as investment and maintenance expenses on transport infrastructures.2.4.5 Tourism (OECD)
Tourism

Purpose

To meet the 2007-2011 Mandate of the Tourism Committee: a) improve the measurement of tourism services in OECD economies by addressing government and industry information needs and promoting the tourism satellite account; b) contribute to the dissemination of data on tourism economics and to a more effective use of such data for business and policy analysis and decision-making processes; and c) work in complementarity with other international organisations.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, the third edition of "OECD Tourism trends and policies 2012" will be prepared. It will contain augmented statistical data on member and selected non-member countries. These data will be collected by two methods: a questionnaire will be addressed to countries; data extracted from OECD data bases. On the other hand, efforts will be made towards the dissemination of data and analysis on tourism economics at national and local levels. Special efforts will tend to promote the use of Tourism Satellite Account to public and private tourism stakeholders. In 2011, the activity on "Evaluating and Measuring Competitiveness in Tourism" will aim to identify a set of core/key indicators for measuring the overall performance and competitiveness of a country in tourism. it will also include a pilot testing with voluntary countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Tourism2.4.6 Banking, insurance, financial statistics (OECD)
Bank Profitability - Financial Statements of Banks

Purpose

To compile comprehensive statistics based on financial statements and balance sheets of banks in order to analyse the developments in the profitability of the banking sector of OECD countries.

To provide detailed methodological country notes on the institutional and geographical coverage, the degree of consolidation, the structure of the banking system, the various activities of the banks covered, specific information on individual items, the sources of the data.

Objectives and outputs

The database and publication "Bank Profitability" provide statistical and methodological information to assess the changes in the state of health of national banking systems of OECD countries. They include data on the income statements and balance sheets of a number of bank groupings as well as on the structure of the national financial systems. The statistics relate to all institutions which conduct ordinary banking business, i.e. institutions which primarily take deposits from the public at large and provide finance for a wide range of purposes.

Banking indicators calculated on the basis of the primary data are also provided.

The database has been updated up to 2009 for all countries which were able to provide these data, which is a great improvement in timeliness.

Methodological notes complementing the data have been revised.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Bank Profitability - Financial Statements of Banks

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Without new resources allocated to the Financial Statistics team, the management of Bank Profitability is suspended in 2011.

Fast-track data collection from largest pension funds worldwide

Purpose

The main goal of this exercise is to help policymakers gain a better understanding of investment strategies and risk management conducted by some of the world's leading pension funds. Further, the study will attempt to explain the extent to which differences in liability structures and country-specific regulation explain differences in the management style of funds.

Objectives and outputs

The questionnaire intends to collect quantitative and detailed qualitative information on investment rate of return, asset allocation, derivatives and operating costs.

2010, 6 pension funds in Denmark, Italy and the Netherlands participated in the study.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Coordination by pension funds' regulators will be encouraged to increase sample size and geographical coverage.

Feasibility study of estimating coverage, contributions and benefits from privately managed pensions

Purpose

The main goal of this research is to assess publicly available data sources and to examine ways and means to make better use of available administrative data and micro datasets at national and international levels in order to be able to estimate levels of private pension coverage, contributions and benefits.

Objectives and outputs

This research consists of:

• Identifying and comparing publicly available administrative, survey or micro datasets in all EU Member states and selected non-EU OECD countries from which it could be envisaged to calculate or estimate the selected list of indicators (i.e., pertaining to coverage, contributions and benefits by socio-economic status);
• Identifying the variables that exist in those datasets that allow calculation or estimation of selected indicators and examining the level of disaggregation of the information on private pension plans and possible variations in definition, timeliness and scope;
• Examining existing exercises to reconcile macro and micro data;
• Identifying possible methodological limitations that could jeopardise data quality;
• Developing further contacts with the relevant international and national entities (e.g. Eurostat, National Statistical Offices, etc.) in order to facilitate data acquisition and quality checks;
• Producing the selected indicators for 4 selected countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania,

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2010, the research mainly focused on identifying and comparing publicly available administrative, survey or micro datasets in all EU Member states and selected non-EU OECD countries from which it could be envisaged to calculate or estimate the selected list of indicators. In 2011 (January-June), the study will mainly consist of producing the selected indicators for four countries and examining existing exercises to reconcile macro and micro data.

In an extension of the project, the selected indicators will be produced for four additional countries (January-December).

Monitoring of Insurance Markets: Global Insurance Statistics

Purpose

The recent financial market turmoil and rapid changes in financial markets and financial systems are creating new challenges for financial statistics. The increased complexity and potential opacity of financial sector operations resulting from globalisation and rapid innovation call for further transparency, better and more comprehensive data, and an enhanced capacity to analyse this data.

With a view to contributing to the development of macro-overview of the insurance market, the current standard questionnaire allows to collect key aggregate statistics relating to premium volume, balance sheet and income statement items (e.g., total assets, shareholder equity, technical provisions, net income), and portfolio investments.

Objectives and outputs

In the new framework of insurance statistics, the questionnaire is divided into two parts. The first part includes data on premium and key variables pertaining to the financial strength and profitability of the insurance sector. Data for this first part are collected during the first half of the year.

The second part includes more detailed information on premiums, claims, commissions and expenses, as well as information on reinsurers. Data for this second part are collected during the second half of the year.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Hong Kong, Malaysia, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

Insurance

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the success of the 2010 data collection exercise, the IPPC has decided to pursue its implementation on an ongoing basis.

Further improvements foreseen within the framework of this project will include:

• Accelerating the collection of statistics to enhance timeliness;
• Expanding the current compact set of core statistics and indicators to include additional indicators;
• Organisation of a Global Seminar on Insurance Statistics in Asia. The participation of selected additional countries in the regions will be sought at this occasion;
• Seeking greater synergy between existing OECD insurance and pension statistical activities;
• To provide economic globalisation indicators of insurance statistics to analyse and measure the market share of foreign companies in the global market;
• To develop further relationship with accession countries to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the insurance statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Pension Monitoring

Purpose

In order to ensure that pension reforms are both financially and socially sustainable, it is essential to monitor the outcomes of changes in pension system parameters and rules. The activity uses a microeconomic approach which is particularly suitable for international comparison of pension policies. Prospective individual benefit entitlements from mandatory pension arrangements are modelled for full-career workers at different earnings levels. The framework uses the same economic assumptions for all countries and thereby abstracts from non-pension factors, which often distort international comparisons of pension systems.

Objectives and outputs

To monitor pension systems and pension policies in OECD countries, to collect, up-date and analyse information on pension system rules and parameters and to model prospective pension entitlements for standard retirement, early retirement and interrupted careers. The output of this activity is published in regularly updated reports.

The fourth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in early 2011. The report includes updates of the models with 2008 parameters, including special chapters covering pension ages, life expectancy, incentives to retire and older workers.

In 2010:

- Key data were disseminated in OECD.Stat via http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=ELSPENSIONS
- An on-line Pension calculator was updated, via http://www.oecd.org/document/12/0,3343,en_2649_34757_43024076_1_1_1_1,00.html
- Most indicators related to pensions are available on-line in MS-Excel format via www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG

The fifth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in 2012. The report will include updates of the models with 2010 parameters.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Pension monitoring database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The range of countries covered under the Pensions at a Glance umbrella is constantly expanding with an update for PaG Asia due in early 2011 and work will commence on the LAC region with provisional results being available mid/late 2011. Further areas of analysis will concentrate on periods of career absence because of unemployment.

Data management:

The number of indicators covered in the data will be increased leading to the creation of a pensions database.

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Fast-track data collection

Purpose

The collection of key infra-annual statistical information is meant to improve the timeliness of the release of the OECD funded pension statistics to the public and to other international organisations.

Objectives and outputs

The fast-track data collection allows to collect recent statistical data on the pension fund sector. Only key variables are collected, such as total assets, investment rates of return and funding/solvency levels for DB pension plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bulgaria, Colombia, Hong Kong, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Other, Romania, Thailand, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Together with the collection of statistical data, the fast-track questionnaire will include qualitative questions about the recent trends in the pension funds' sector, the calculation methodology for the regulatory funding ratios and the calculation methodology for the net investment income.

Data collection:

In 2011, countries will be invited to join qualitative information to the data, related to the recent trends in the pension funds' sector and to methodological issues.

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Public Pension Reserve Funds

Purpose

Funding is growing in what have been traditionally exclusively PAYG-financed, social security systems. Funding in these systems takes the form of reserve funds, which in most cases are institutions with their own governing board and look like pension funds in many aspects.

The main goal of the statistical exercise on Public Pension Reserve Funds is to collect in-depth and comparable information on these funds, with a focus on assets, asset allocation, and performance.

Objectives and outputs

Since 2003, the OECD collects statistical information on Public Pension Reserve Funds. Between 2003 and 2008, data were collected through information publicly available on the internet. Since 2009, a statistical questionnaire has been developed and allows to collect more in-depth and comparable information on Public Pension Reserve Funds, which is released on a yearly basis in the newsletter Pension Markets in Focus.

Overview of private pension systems (methodological survey)

Purpose

The yearly review of funded pension system at national level intends to provide a benchmarking tool to develop further the understanding of pension systems and their compliance with the OECD classification for funded pension plans and funds. It also provides information related to the statistical data coverage of the OECD Global Pension Statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This annual survey provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of funded pension statistics. The survey, based on a standard template, allows the compilation of comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and some non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in funded pension statistics. The survey also allows the monitoring of methodological improvements over time and provides valuable information on the compliance of systems with the OECD Classification of funded pension plans and funds.

Further reading: OECD (2005), Private Pensions: OECD Classification and Glossary, OECD, Paris.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Brazil, Bulgaria, Colombia, Costa Rica, Hong Kong, Macedonia, Other, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Financial Indicators

Purpose

To capture in quantitative terms an important but heterogeneous and fast evolving area in globalisation of the financial markets and increased sophistication of the actors and activities in these markets.

Objectives and outputs

The Financial Indicators dataset contains financial statistics on six separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates, Reserve Assets, International Trade, and Share Prices. In all cases considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series' data to aid with analysis.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_FIN

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

None expected.2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
Central Government Debt Statistics

Purpose

To provide an analytical tool primarily to government debt managers as well as to financial analysts including policy analysts, security analysts, commercial financial institutions, research analysts, etc. This work is carried out under the auspices of the Working Party on Government Debt Management.

The publication "Central Government Debt - Statistical Yearbook" provides annual statistics on central government debt instruments in the 34 OECD countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance; it excludes state and local government debt and social security funds. The main focus of the statistics is marketable debt instruments as well as duration and average term to maturity of domestic, foreign and total debt.

In addition, the publication provides individual country notes including methodological information such as a description of debt instruments and selling techniques in each country.

Objectives and outputs

In the 2011 edition of the statistical yearbook, 3 new OECD Member countries will be added: Estonia, Israel and Slovenia.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Databases

Central Government Debt Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collection and publication of 2010 data.

Data collection:

2010 data and more historical data for the recent OECD Member countries (Chile, Estonia, Israel, Slovenia).

Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government

Purpose

To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on fiscal equalisation, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance.

Objectives and outputs

Collection of two datasets:

• Indicators of tax autonomy of sub-central governments

• Indicators of the composition of intergovernmental grants

Databases

Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

More data will be available on OECD.stat

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Global Pension Statistics

Purpose

Launched in 2002 this exercise provides a unique source of comparable statistics and indicators of funded pension plan systems from an international perspective and also facilitates cross-country comparisons of the most up-to-date statistics and indicators on key aspects of funded retirement systems across OECD and non-OECD countries. It aims to provide information about the main trends and features of funded pension plan systems in a clear and concise format.

Objectives and outputs

It aims to provide in a compact manner a comparative overview of the importance and structure of private and funded pension systems across OECD and non-OECD countries using a selected set of statistics and indicators, compiled on an on-going basis together with its companion product dedicated to the description and assessment of countries' statistical methodology following the OECD Classification on pension plans and pension funds.

Access to OECD private pension statistics has been enhanced through the dissemination of additional data and selected indicators through the OECD Web statistical portal (OECD.stat). This should be further enriched with the inclusion of country profiles providing key indicators on a country per country basis. As far as paper publications are concerned, the newsletter "Pension Markets in Focus" was released in July 2010. Contributions to other OECD publications (e.g. 'OECD in figures', 'OECD Factbook') will continue in 2011 as well as approximately sixty country profiles generated for the IOPS Web site on a yearly basis. In addition, 2 OECD flagship publications will be published in 2011 including private pension statistics: the 'OECD Pensions at a Glance 2011' and the 'OECD Pensions Outlook 2012'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Croatia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Ukraine

Databases

OECD Global Pension Statistics
Pension indicators

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

With respect to quality improvements, the work in 2011 will focus on methodological issues such as valuation methods for assets and liabilities, review of definitions within the statistical questionnaire and methodology for the calculation of funding ratios.

The geographical scope should be extended to non-member countries, and in particular OECD Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries as well as remaining G20 countries not in the GPS framework yet.

Relationship with accession countries will be developed further to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the private pension statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Data collection:

In order to better reflect national systems, possible adjustments to the OECD Classification may be included in the OECD statistical questionnaire to further refine definition of pension plan types: occupational vs. personal, DB vs. DC, mandatory vs. voluntary, as well as pension funds vs. pension insurance contracts.

There are variables, to which special attention will be given in order to improve granularity for analytical purposes. This will be the case for selected variables such as foreign investments, operating costs, contributions, and benefits.

Data management:

Additional variables should be collected related to foreign investments, operating costs, contributions and benefits.

Revenue Statistics

Purpose

To provide data on tax revenues in OECD countries. These data are widely used within and outside the OECD to analyse tax policy developments in OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Revenue Statistics" publication provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. It presents a set of detailed, internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards.

Special features dealing with specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

Revenue Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data collection from Estonia for the first time.
Re-drafting the commentary on the latest figures

Tax Rates

Purpose

To provide information on tax rates in OECD countries. The taxes covered are personal and corporate income taxes, social security contributions and value added tax. The data are used to analyse tax rate trends and their policy implications.

Objectives and outputs

Data tables showing, for each of the main taxes, the rate and its method of application in each country are disseminated on the OECD website.

Databases

OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Taxing Wages

Purpose

To provide annual data for OECD countries on the personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Taxing Wages" publication details the tax/benefit position of employees, covering personal income tax and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers, and universal cash benefits received by family units. Taxes and benefits are detailed for eight family-types, which differ by income level and household composition. The report also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates.

Databases

Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Management in Government

Purpose

To collect comparable data and indicators of good government and efficient public services, and to provide robust empirics with which to assess the impact of public management reforms and progress made in their implementation.

Objectives and outputs

The second edition of "Government at a Glance" will be released in 2011. It will include measures of both the market and non-market activities of government and government-owned enterprises. In addition it will also measure other activities which are undertaken outside of general government but which are wholly or partly funded by government. Data are based on general government labour statistics and on detailed information from general government national accounts (investments, public corporations, supply and use tables) and information collected by GOV surveys on governance and public output processes and their results. The second publication will include six categories of variables: revenues; inputs; public sector processes; and antecedents or constraints that contextualize government performance and will also add output and outcome measures for the "whole of government", for selected policy sectors and for the machinery of government.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main priorities are developing new indicators for the second edition of Government at a Glance and the development of a strategy in the long run for new data collection, including more measures about the quality of public sector processes and selected output and outcome measures.

Benefits and Wages

Purpose

Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, an online "tax-benefit calculator" has now been made available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and will be maintained and updated in the future.

Objectives and outputs

The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage was recently extended to include Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia, and, as part of a grant agreement with the European Commission, the new EU Members States who are not currently members of the OECD: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta and Romania. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia. Finally, ad-hoc models were developed jointly with the World Bank for a number of south-eastern European countries: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), Serbia.

An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models has been developed ("tax-benefit calculator") and is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. It will be maintained and updated in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improved modelling of child-related policies, including transfers available to parents of very young children (e.g. maternity benefits). Improved modelling of the gender dimension of social policies (e.g. by collecting better earnings data for men and women).

Data collection:

Include Bulgaria, Romania, Chile, Israel, Russia2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Purpose

Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Implement the new typology of aid.

Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases

Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Test data collection in new format, merging CRS and DAC systems.

Data management:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Database on Country Programmable Aid (CPA database)

Purpose

Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA - official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients. To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey of Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the annual Report on Division of Labour and global fragmentation.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA and make sectoral CPA data available online via OECD.STAT and QWIDS.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries

Purpose

The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.
Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued reform of DAC statistics, through implementation of new classification of aid, further work on improving access to data, possible sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

A new work stream on non-ODA flows will be integrated into STAT in early 2011. For the first time, a dedicated unit (2 officials) will closely examine types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work), STAT will consider preparing a report for the DAC in Q4 2011.

Data collection:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Balance of Payments

Purpose

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Balance of Payments
MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The BOP database needs a full review and an investigation into how best to implement BPM6. This can only be done with additional resources.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment

Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

• Following the Council recommendation of 2008:
  i) to continue work on Research Agenda;
  ii) To promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;
• To promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Establishing a clear communications policy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;
• Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.
• Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

FDI statistics -Review of OECD accession candidate countries

Purpose

To review the position of the OECD accession candidate country vis-a-vis the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition and related reporting requirements as set out in the OECD Accession Roadmap.

Objectives and outputs

Contribution to Investment Committee's examination of the willingness and the ability of the accession candidate country to assume the obligations of OECD membership in its field of competence.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics

Purpose

To compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on inward and outward FDI flows and positions to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire based on the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment and the IMF Balance of Payments Manual). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries.

Statistics are also included regularly or as required for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc. Data and analysis are mainly published annually in two distinct publications: OECD International Direct Investment Yearbook and International Investment Perspectives. Data are also provided on OECD.Stat for wider usage by OECD analysts.

For most recent trends, timely aggregate quarterly FDI statistics are compiled and disseminated on OECD website:http://www.oecd.org/document/8/0,3343,en_2649_33763_40930184_1_1_1_1,00.html

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will be upgraded to include the revised methodological recommendations included in the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment. This upgrading will allow including data according to BMD4 which countries may report in 2010 for the reference year 2009.

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

International Trade Indicators

Purpose

To measure globalisation in the context of international trade, for the levels of total trade (goods and services), trade of goods and trade of services. Some of the indicators refer to aggregated levels while other ones differentiate according to types of commodities traded, to types of services delivered or to types of economic activities involved.

Objectives and outputs

Extension of the indicators present in the database.
Update of existing indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension of a number of indicators in response to identified, globalisation-related statistical needs.

Improvement of timeliness of data updates, extension of FAME-based calculation and updating procedures to more indicators.

Trade by enterprise characteristics

Purpose

To measure, on the one hand, the contribution of real economic sectors to trading, and on the other hand, to complement business data with detailed information on trade, which is traditionally not part of business statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Under guidance of the Business Economic Statistics and Trade (BEST) Steering Group, a first OECD Linkage Table, which is based on Eurostat's Standardisation Document Rev. 2, was sent out to participating Non-EU-OECD member countries. Up to now, OECD has received data collection tables from Canada, , Norway and the United States. In addition, Eurostat provided OECD with the respective (published) data tables of several EU member states for reference years 2005-7. After reclassification of the Eurostat data to OECD standards (ISIC and CPC classifications, USD currency and OECD geo-nomenclature), these were integrated to the Trade by enterprise characteristics (TEC) database of the OECD, available in the globalisation cube of OECD.Stat.

Databases

Trade by Enterprise Characteristics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the data collection will include more recent reference years and more countries, in co-operation with Eurostat.

The Handbook on Trade Microdata is expected to be completed early in 2011 and submitted to the BEST Steering Group. The next BEST Steering Group meeting will be the crucial point to fix the next steps for the continuation and expansion of this database.

International Trade in Goods

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. A successful completion of the first phase (data collection and transmission to UNSD) of this initiative has already resulted in a reduction of the response burden for member countries and has led in 2006 to identical trade figures published by both the UN and the OECD (processed data). The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues. The 2010 ITS expert meeting attracted 130 participants.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics
Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, data quality and timeliness of processed data should be further improved as it is planned to implement "data capture" checks in order to facilitate the upload of data into ITCS.

ITCS in OECD.Stat has continued stabilizing in 2010 and efficiency results have been gained thanks to the new server and new architecture of ITCS on OECD.stat which resulted in better performances and better timeliness (through the implementation of a direct link between ITCS and OECD.stat).

The team will continue working on files data and metadata files received in the context of the accession of the new members to the OECD. Upload of data files into the database will be dealt with in the context of all the other priorities.

The team will be involved on the publication of the new Trade and Competitiveness at a Glance.

In the context of the 2011-2012 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be conducted on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services

Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 33 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 31 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services including the finalisation of the paper version of the "The Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services" (MSITS 2010) and its online annexes. Prepare outline of the compilation guidance.

Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)
OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Promote SDMX for exchanging trade in services data.
Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

Implement EBOPS 2010 in StatWorks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards, beginning with Australia.

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.
Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire to will be asked to fill in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format

Intra-firm trade

Purpose

To create a dataset of intra-firm trade among OECD countries for TAD report on "Intra-firm trade".

Objectives and outputs

The project started in 2010 and will continue in 2011. A work-in-progress report has been presented in September 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will include US data at a more disaggregated level (HS6) and estimates based on firm-level data (ORBIS) will be updated.

Monthly International Trade

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of Economic Outlook. Online availability of OECD's detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the recommendations of the WPTGS and the work carried out by the Secretariat, it is planned for 2011 to continue work on implementation of the methodological questionnaire results; advance total trade data submission to MSIT to feed into MEI in a timely manner (after aligning methodologies between MSIT and MEI) and to produce identical, consistent monthly trade aggregate figures in the two publications; expand scope of countries to include the 5 Accession countries with help from additional resources marked to that effect.

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

Purpose

To provide a reliable and accurate regulatory database which can be easily updated for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Objectives and outputs

the STRI Regulatory Database inform on the existence of barriers to trade in services in the countries covered. This information is completed by direct links to the legal sources and comments clarifying the context.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database has been completely refined and updated during the year.2.7 Prices (OECD)
Price Indicators

Purpose

To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

Objectives and outputs

The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) publication and database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation, and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

Organisation of Seminars to discuss methodological issues. A manual on real estate prices will be written.

Databases

MEI
MEI_PRICE

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Organise a joint Eurostat-OECD Task Force for the revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.
• Calculate G20 aggregates for CPI
• Improve the dissemination of price indices

Data management:
 • Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

Purchasing Power Parities

Purpose

Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Calculation of final benchmark results for the round 2008
• Organisation of the data collection for the 2011 round which started in 2009 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).
• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed. Participate in the ad-hoc task forces set up by Eurostat to discuss various issues associated with PPPs.
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs (publication of a WP on hospital price levels)

Databases

ANA

Purchasing Power Parities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health (to be implemented in 2012).
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Participation in a TF to update the Eurostat-OECD PPP manual.2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

Purpose

To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

Objectives and outputs

The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)/ Analytical Researchers, Scientists and Engineers (ANRSE)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Country coverage was expanded in 2010, along with improved data processing and checking routines. In 2011, the estimation techniques for missing data in each country will be further reviewed.

Biotechnology

Purpose

To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.
OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Additional countries to be added.

Careers of Doctorate Holders

Purpose

Collect data on the labour market outcome and mobility of doctorate holders

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and update internal database, use data for analysis at the macro level, launch work using micro-data with interested countries, evaluate data collection and revise methodology accordingly

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Russian Federation

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Purpose

To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

Objectives and outputs

This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Main Developments for 2011

Data management:
MSTI database production system: migration from StatWorks to SAS software (2010-Q4)

Patent Statistics

Purpose

To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

"Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

A matching exercise is currently being performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) was first made available to researchers in October 2009. It is currently being improved and expanded. Preliminary indicators at the firm level were presented and discussed at several meetings.

Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

Regular workshops on patent statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, USPTO, JPO, WIPO and Eurostat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent offices); expand the exercise of harmonising patent applicant's names and matching with firm-level databases, development of further patent indicators (reflecting globalisation, specific technologies); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ENV, GOV) expected in 2011.

Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

Another matching exercise will be conducted in order to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual "R&D Statistics" and the biannual "Main S&T Indicators" publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Plan to publish ISIC Rev. 4

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

Objectives and outputs

The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database.

The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

R&D_SM database


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
Central Government Debt Statistics

Purpose

To provide an analytical tool primarily to government debt managers as well as to financial analysts including policy analysts, security analysts, commercial financial institutions, research analysts, etc. This work is carried out under the auspices of the Working Party on Government Debt Management.

The publication "Central Government Debt - Statistical Yearbook" provides annual statistics on central government debt instruments in the 34 OECD countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance; it excludes state and local government debt and social security funds. The main focus of the statistics is marketable debt instruments as well as duration and average term to maturity of domestic, foreign and total debt.

In addition, the publication provides individual country notes including methodological information such as a description of debt instruments and selling techniques in each country.

Objectives and outputs

In the 2011 edition of the statistical yearbook, 3 new OECD Member countries will be added: Estonia, Israel and Slovenia.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Databases

Central Government Debt Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collection and publication of 2010 data.

Data collection:

2010 data and more historical data for the recent OECD Member countries (Chile, Estonia, Israel, Slovenia).

Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government

Purpose

To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on fiscal equalisation, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance.

Objectives and outputs

Collection of two datasets:

• Indicators of tax autonomy of sub-central governments

• Indicators of the composition of intergovernmental grants

Databases

Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

More data will be available on OECD.stat

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Global Pension Statistics

Purpose

Launched in 2002 this exercise provides a unique source of comparable statistics and indicators of funded pension plan systems from an international perspective and also facilitates cross-country comparisons of the most up-to-date statistics and indicators on key aspects of funded retirement systems across OECD and non-OECD countries. It aims to provide information about the main trends and features of funded pension plan systems in a clear and concise format.

Objectives and outputs

It aims to provide in a compact manner a comparative overview of the importance and structure of private and funded pension systems across OECD and non-OECD countries using a selected set of statistics and indicators, compiled on an on-going basis together with its companion product dedicated to the description and assessment of countries' statistical methodology following the OECD Classification on pension plans and pension funds.

Access to OECD private pension statistics has been enhanced through the dissemination of additional data and selected indicators through the OECD Web statistical portal (OECD.stat). This should be further enriched with the inclusion of country profiles providing key indicators on a country per country basis. As far as paper publications are concerned, the newsletter "Pension Markets in Focus" was released in July 2010. Contributions to other OECD publications (e.g. 'OECD in figures', 'OECD Factbook') will continue in 2011 as well as approximately sixty country profiles generated for the IOPS Web site on a yearly basis. In addition, 2 OECD flagship publications will be published in 2011 including private pension statistics: the 'OECD Pensions at a Glance 2011' and the 'OECD Pensions Outlook 2012'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Croatia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Ukraine

Databases

OECD Global Pension Statistics
Pension indicators

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

With respect to quality improvements, the work in 2011 will focus on methodological issues such as valuation methods for assets and liabilities, review of definitions within the statistical questionnaire and methodology for the calculation of funding ratios.

The geographical scope should be extended to non-member countries, and in particular OECD Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries as well as remaining G20 countries not in the GPS framework yet.

Relationship with accession countries will be developed further to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the private pension statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Data collection:

In order to better reflect national systems, possible adjustments to the OECD Classification may be included in the OECD statistical questionnaire to further refine definition of pension plan types: occupational vs. personal, DB vs. DC, mandatory vs. voluntary, as well as pension funds vs. pension insurance contracts.

There are variables, to which special attention will be given in order to improve granularity for analytical purposes. This will be the case for selected variables such as foreign investments, operating costs, contributions, and benefits.

Data management:

Additional variables should be collected related to foreign investments, operating costs, contributions and benefits.

Revenue Statistics

Purpose

To provide data on tax revenues in OECD countries. These data are widely used within and outside the OECD to analyse tax policy developments in OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Revenue Statistics" publication provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. It presents a set of detailed, internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards.

Special features dealing with specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

Revenue Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data collection from Estonia for the first time.
Re-drafting the commentary on the latest figures

Tax Rates

Purpose

To provide information on tax rates in OECD countries. The taxes covered are personal and corporate income taxes, social security contributions and value added tax. The data are used to analyse tax rate trends and their policy implications.

Objectives and outputs

Data tables showing, for each of the main taxes, the rate and its method of application in each country are disseminated on the OECD website.

Databases

OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Taxing Wages

Purpose

To provide annual data for OECD countries on the personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Taxing Wages" publication details the tax/benefit position of employees, covering personal income tax and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers, and universal cash benefits received by family units. Taxes and benefits are detailed for eight family-types, which differ by income level and household composition. The report also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates.

Databases

Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Management in Government

Purpose

To collect comparable data and indicators of good government and efficient public services, and to provide robust empirics with which to assess the impact of public management reforms and progress made in their implementation.

Objectives and outputs

The second edition of "Government at a Glance" will be released in 2011. It will include measures of both the market and non-market activities of government and government-owned enterprises. In addition it will also measure other activities which are undertaken outside of general government but which are wholly or partly funded by government. Data are based on general government labour statistics and on detailed information from general government national accounts (investments, public corporations, supply and use tables) and information collected by GOV surveys on governance and public output processes and their results. The second publication will include six categories of variables: revenues; inputs; public sector processes; and antecedents or constraints that contextualize government performance and will also add output and outcome measures for the "whole of government", for selected policy sectors and for the machinery of government.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main priorities are developing new indicators for the second edition of Government at a Glance and the development of a strategy in the long run for new data collection, including more measures about the quality of public sector processes and selected output and outcome measures.

Benefits and Wages

Purpose

Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, an online "tax-benefit calculator" has now been made available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and will be maintained and updated in the future.

Objectives and outputs

The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage was recently extended to include Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia, and, as part of a grant agreement with the European Commission, the new EU Members States who are not currently members of the OECD: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta and Romania. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia. Finally, ad-hoc models were developed jointly with the World Bank for a number of south-eastern European countries: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), Serbia.

An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models has been developed ("tax-benefit calculator") and is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. It will be maintained and updated in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improved modelling of child-related policies, including transfers available to parents of very young children (e.g. maternity benefits). Improved modelling of the gender dimension of social policies (e.g. by collecting better earnings data for men and women).

Data collection:

Include Bulgaria, Romania, Chile, Israel, Russia


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Purpose

Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Implement the new typology of aid.

Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases

Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Test data collection in new format, merging CRS and DAC systems.

Data management:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Database on Country Programmable Aid (CPA database)

Purpose

Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA - official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients. To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey of Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the annual Report on Division of Labour and global fragmentation.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA and make sectoral CPA data available online via OECD.STAT and QWIDS.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries

Purpose

The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.
Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued reform of DAC statistics, through implementation of new classification of aid, further work on improving access to data, possible sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

A new work stream on non-ODA flows will be integrated into STAT in early 2011. For the first time, a dedicated unit (2 officials) will closely examine types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work), STAT will consider preparing a report for the DAC in Q4 2011.

Data collection:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Balance of Payments

Purpose

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Balance of Payments
MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The BOP database needs a full review and an investigation into how best to implement BPM6. This can only be done with additional resources.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment

Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

• Following the Council recommendation of 2008:
  i) to continue work on Research Agenda;
  ii) To promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;
• To promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Establishing a clear communications policy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;
• Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.
• Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

FDI statistics -Review of OECD accession candidate countries

Purpose

To review the position of the OECD accession candidate country vis-a-vis the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition and related reporting requirements as set out in the OECD Accession Roadmap.

Objectives and outputs

Contribution to Investment Committee's examination of the willingness and the ability of the accession candidate country to assume the obligations of OECD membership in its field of competence.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics

Purpose

To compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on inward and outward FDI flows and positions to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire based on the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment and the IMF Balance of Payments Manual). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries.

Statistics are also included regularly or as required for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc. Data and analysis are mainly published annually in two distinct publications: OECD International Direct Investment Yearbook and International Investment Perspectives. Data are also provided on OECD.Stat for wider usage by OECD analysts.

For most recent trends, timely aggregate quarterly FDI statistics are compiled and disseminated on OECD website:http://www.oecd.org/document/8/0,3343,en_2649_33763_40930184_1_1_1_1,00.html

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will be upgraded to include the revised methodological recommendations included in the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment. This upgrading will allow including data according to BMD4 which countries may report in 2010 for the reference year 2009.

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

International Trade Indicators

Purpose

To measure globalisation in the context of international trade, for the levels of total trade (goods and services), trade of goods and trade of services. Some of the indicators refer to aggregated levels while other ones differentiate according to types of commodities traded, to types of services delivered or to types of economic activities involved.

Objectives and outputs

Extension of the indicators present in the database.
Update of existing indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension of a number of indicators in response to identified, globalisation-related statistical needs.

Improvement of timeliness of data updates, extension of FAME-based calculation and updating procedures to more indicators.

Trade by enterprise characteristics

Purpose

To measure, on the one hand, the contribution of real economic sectors to trading, and on the other hand, to complement business data with detailed information on trade, which is traditionally not part of business statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Under guidance of the Business Economic Statistics and Trade (BEST) Steering Group, a first OECD Linkage Table, which is based on Eurostat's Standardisation Document Rev. 2, was sent out to participating Non-EU-OECD member countries. Up to now, OECD has received data collection tables from Canada, , Norway and the United States. In addition, Eurostat provided OECD with the respective (published) data tables of several EU member states for reference years 2005-7. After reclassification of the Eurostat data to OECD standards (ISIC and CPC classifications, USD currency and OECD geo-nomenclature), these were integrated to the Trade by enterprise characteristics (TEC) database of the OECD, available in the globalisation cube of OECD.Stat.

Databases

Trade by Enterprise Characteristics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the data collection will include more recent reference years and more countries, in co-operation with Eurostat.

The Handbook on Trade Microdata is expected to be completed early in 2011 and submitted to the BEST Steering Group. The next BEST Steering Group meeting will be the crucial point to fix the next steps for the continuation and expansion of this database.

International Trade in Goods

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. A successful completion of the first phase (data collection and transmission to UNSD) of this initiative has already resulted in a reduction of the response burden for member countries and has led in 2006 to identical trade figures published by both the UN and the OECD (processed data). The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues. The 2010 ITS expert meeting attracted 130 participants.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics
Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, data quality and timeliness of processed data should be further improved as it is planned to implement "data capture" checks in order to facilitate the upload of data into ITCS.

ITCS in OECD.Stat has continued stabilizing in 2010 and efficiency results have been gained thanks to the new server and new architecture of ITCS on OECD.stat which resulted in better performances and better timeliness (through the implementation of a direct link between ITCS and OECD.stat).

The team will continue working on files data and metadata files received in the context of the accession of the new members to the OECD. Upload of data files into the database will be dealt with in the context of all the other priorities.

The team will be involved on the publication of the new Trade and Competitiveness at a Glance.

In the context of the 2011-2012 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be conducted on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services

Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 33 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 31 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services including the finalisation of the paper version of the "The Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services" (MSITS 2010) and its online annexes. Prepare outline of the compilation guidance.

Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)
OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Promote SDMX for exchanging trade in services data.
Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

Implement EBOPS 2010 in StatWorks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards, beginning with Australia.

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.
Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire to will be asked to fill in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format

Intra-firm trade

Purpose

To create a dataset of intra-firm trade among OECD countries for TAD report on "Intra-firm trade".

Objectives and outputs

The project started in 2010 and will continue in 2011. A work-in-progress report has been presented in September 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will include US data at a more disaggregated level (HS6) and estimates based on firm-level data (ORBIS) will be updated.

Monthly International Trade

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of Economic Outlook. Online availability of OECD's detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the recommendations of the WPTGS and the work carried out by the Secretariat, it is planned for 2011 to continue work on implementation of the methodological questionnaire results; advance total trade data submission to MSIT to feed into MEI in a timely manner (after aligning methodologies between MSIT and MEI) and to produce identical, consistent monthly trade aggregate figures in the two publications; expand scope of countries to include the 5 Accession countries with help from additional resources marked to that effect.

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

Purpose

To provide a reliable and accurate regulatory database which can be easily updated for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Objectives and outputs

the STRI Regulatory Database inform on the existence of barriers to trade in services in the countries covered. This information is completed by direct links to the legal sources and comments clarifying the context.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database has been completely refined and updated during the year.


2.7 Prices (OECD)
Price Indicators

Purpose

To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

Objectives and outputs

The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) publication and database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation, and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

Organisation of Seminars to discuss methodological issues. A manual on real estate prices will be written.

Databases

MEI
MEI_PRICE

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Organise a joint Eurostat-OECD Task Force for the revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.
• Calculate G20 aggregates for CPI
• Improve the dissemination of price indices

Data management:
 • Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

Purchasing Power Parities

Purpose

Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Calculation of final benchmark results for the round 2008
• Organisation of the data collection for the 2011 round which started in 2009 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).
• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed. Participate in the ad-hoc task forces set up by Eurostat to discuss various issues associated with PPPs.
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs (publication of a WP on hospital price levels)

Databases

ANA

Purchasing Power Parities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health (to be implemented in 2012).
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Participation in a TF to update the Eurostat-OECD PPP manual.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

Purpose

To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

Objectives and outputs

The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)/ Analytical Researchers, Scientists and Engineers (ANRSE)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Country coverage was expanded in 2010, along with improved data processing and checking routines. In 2011, the estimation techniques for missing data in each country will be further reviewed.

Biotechnology

Purpose

To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.
OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Additional countries to be added.

Careers of Doctorate Holders

Purpose

Collect data on the labour market outcome and mobility of doctorate holders

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and update internal database, use data for analysis at the macro level, launch work using micro-data with interested countries, evaluate data collection and revise methodology accordingly

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Russian Federation

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Purpose

To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

Objectives and outputs

This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Main Developments for 2011

Data management:
MSTI database production system: migration from StatWorks to SAS software (2010-Q4)

Patent Statistics

Purpose

To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

"Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

A matching exercise is currently being performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) was first made available to researchers in October 2009. It is currently being improved and expanded. Preliminary indicators at the firm level were presented and discussed at several meetings.

Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

Regular workshops on patent statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, USPTO, JPO, WIPO and Eurostat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent offices); expand the exercise of harmonising patent applicant's names and matching with firm-level databases, development of further patent indicators (reflecting globalisation, specific technologies); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ENV, GOV) expected in 2011.

Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

Another matching exercise will be conducted in order to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual "R&D Statistics" and the biannual "Main S&T Indicators" publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Plan to publish ISIC Rev. 4

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

Objectives and outputs

The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database.

The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

R&D_SM database



3. Environment and multi-domain statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
STAN Database for Industrial Analysis

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Databases

Database for Industrial Analysis (STAN)
OECD STAN Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Inclusion of additional countries in STAN (e.g. ). Preparations for implementation of ISIC Rev. 4. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper.

Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys

Purpose

To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are published in the OECD's monthly Main Economic Indicators (MEI). Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

During the year 2010 the OECD has evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. For 2011 the OECD will start the review of its Business Tendency Surveys handbook last revised in 2003.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The review of the Business Tendency Surveys handbook will start.

Main Economic Indicators

Purpose

The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and for all Enhanced Engagement economies on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A Review of the MEI process will take place in 2011.

Data collection:

On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

Real-time and Revisions Database

Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Composite Leading Indicators

Purpose

To compile and disseminate the OECD composite leading indicators for OECD member countries and for the BRICS NMEs + Indonesia, which help analysts to assess the cyclical phase of the OECD economies and forecast its future development.

To do methodological development work and carry out scientific research in this field.

Objectives and outputs

OECD Composite Leading Indicators (CLI) are published in the monthly Main Economic Indicators publication and in a monthly press release.

The quality of existing CLIs is monitored and enhanced on an on-going basis, including the expansion of country coverage for both OECD member and non-member countries, and the development of new tools in the research software for cyclical analysis and composite indicators.

Main achievements in 2010 were the finalization of a distributable package of the production system (CACISd), setting up the dissemination website in Clearspace, with the goal of reinforcing transparency.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_CLI

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update CLIs for selected OECD member countries.
Introduction of the 4 new OECD member economy CLIs.
Organization of training seminars.

Data collection:

Inclusion of additional series required for the compilation of CLIs for Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation and South Africa and for OECD member as a result of on-going review of CLI component series for each country.

Data management:

Incorporation of more detailed metadata on CLI compilation methodology in MetaStore.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
Annual National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

The paper and electronic publications contain a wide selection of accounts: Main aggregates (GDP by expenditure, GDP by kind of activity, GDP by income and disposable income, saving and net lending), detailed breakdown by kind of activity for gross value added (at current and constant prices), components of value added, and gross fixed capital formation and employment. It also includes final consumption expenditure of households by purpose and simplified accounts for general government. Detailed accounts by institutional sectors are only available on the electronic publications. The publications also give comparative tables based on exchange rates and comparative tables based on purchasing power parities for OECD member countries and for the following groups: OECD, OECD-Europe, Euro Zone and the European Union as well as volume and price indices for GDP aggregates. Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in paper publication, CD-ROM, SourceOECD, OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data from EE countries : Brazil, India, South Africa

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)

Purpose

Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Main changes in content relate to the progressive inclusion of relevant statistics for the Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries over the coming year. New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use.

Data management:

Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

Financial Accounts

Purpose

To provide unique data sets of harmonised data on financial accounts and financial balance sheets of OECD countries, according to SNA 1993, to analysts and policy makers.

Objectives and outputs

This activity mainly focuses on the collection of comparable quantitative and qualitative information on financial transactions carried out and on financial stocks held by institutional sectors of the economy in the OECD member countries.

The main objectives are to improve the quantity and the quality of information on OECD financial accounts (transmission of timely, reliable and consistent data) and to disseminate comparable tables on financial accounts (transactions) and financial balance sheets (stocks).

Accession countries' data have been included in the databases when available.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Financial Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The most important change will be the new quarterly frequency which will be added for the four SNA-related databases (see below).

In addition, the database on Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets will continue to be improved. All OECD countries are now covered. For some countries however, the sectoral coverage has still to be extended while for some countries, additional datasets (flows or stocks, consolidated or non-consolidated) will continue to be required.

Data for Russia, for the EE5 countries, and for additional G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia) will be requested.

Detailed methodological information relating Financial accounts and Financial balance sheets should be updated and included in MetaStore.

Data collection:

In 2011, data will be collected on a quarterly basis in addition to the current annual frequency. However, EU data will not be published.

Historical data will be added to the database as soon as countries sent them. Data which are still missing for some Member countries will continue to be requested and included in the databases.

Data for Russia will be integrated (if provided) in the OECD databases; depending on resources, data for some non-Member countries (EE5 and G20) will be asked and processed according to their availability.

Moreover, following conclusions of the 2009 and 2010 WPFS meetings, financial indicators based on financial accounts and balance sheets, and on the two other SNA-related database (on Households and Institutional investors) will be calculated and disseminated.

IT developments in the ANA database, which should have been made in 2010, are urgently needed at the very beginning of 2011 to be able to integrate quarterly data.

Data management:

Financial indicators based on these datasets should be calculated and made available in the datasets.

A new database system has been required to ITN to host quarterly data which have been requested from countries: it has to be created at the very beginning of the year to be able to use quarterly financial accounts data.

General Government National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

To provide a forum for international exchange on national accounts and public finance standards in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability of major public finance indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

ANA - SNA
Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data for EE countries: Brazil, India, South Africa

Handbook on the Measurement of Non-market Services

Purpose

To advance on the volume output measurement for health and education services in the national accounts.

Objectives and outputs

This activity was endorsed by the OECD Committee on Statistics in 2005. The main purpose is the development of a handbook on the topic and advances with the empirical measurement of the volume of health and education services across countries (see also PPP for health and education). The handbook has now been completed and was published in 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Activity completed in 2010.

Household Assets and Liabilities

Purpose

This data collection aims at better knowing the households' behaviour vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 - Households.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

Updating of the database.

Extension of the database to additional countries (accession countries).

Better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

It is expected to further improve the coverage (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (EE5 and G20)

Quarterly data will be collected and used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection:

According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

Input-Output

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

Objectives and outputs

The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

Input-Output

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Country coverage to be expanded to include more Asian countries and, if possible, to complete the coverage of G20.

Institutional Investors' assets

Purpose

This data collection integrated in the framework of the SNA cover detailed assets (including a breakdown of resident/non resident data) for a number of institutional investors (more detailed than in the SNA93). Its aim is to have more detailed information on the activities of the institutional investors (not covered by the SNA) in OECD Member countries.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

The database has been updated up to 2009, including new OECD countries and Russia.

Improvements in the coverage of the database have been achieved.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Institutional Investors' assets

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update and improvement of the coverage.
According to decisions taken at the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected when available and used to calculate indicators.

Data collection:

Improved coverage of the database.
According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

National Accounts for Non-member Economies

Purpose

To cooperate with non-member countries not included in the Quarterly National Accounts database and incorporate these countries into the standard OECD MEI data collection and dissemination program.

Objectives and outputs

Provide users with non-member national accounts data.
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

National accounts and prices for non-member countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

To remove these countries once they are incorporated into the QNA database.

Productivity/Capital Services

Purpose

Four OECD Directorates have co-operated to produce a data set for productivity measures, a widely-used indicator of economic performance. The purpose of this activity is to bring together, in one place, the results of this work and make available various productivity measures as well as relevant methodological information such as the OECD Manual on Measuring Capital. The series on capital services, multi-factor productivity (MFP) and GDP per hour worked are a standard input into the Economic Department's estimate of potential output.

Objectives and outputs

Labour productivity indices for 30 countries and a set of capital services and multi-factor productivity measures for 20 countries are regularly updated and are available on OECD.Stat. Recent methodological developments concerned both the development of multi-factor productivity estimates by industry in the OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database and research on total economy productivity measures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

International organisation

Databases

Productivity/capital services database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the database will continue to be updated regularly with the aim to increase the number of available countries, and MFP by industry statistics related to the development of OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database will be released. Methodological developments will concern both productivity indicators at the total economy level and MFP estimates by industry.

Quarterly National Accounts

Purpose

1. To provide a real time update of member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

2. To provide external users a selection of key time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of volume data and indices for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on SNA 1993/ESA 1995. It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible, a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries covering accounts at the level of the overall economy and some institutional sectors accounts.

Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts for member countries and a few non-member economies.

The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Brazilian data have been loaded to the QNA database in 2010.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

Increase geographical coverage of the QNA database by including Enhanced Engagement (EE) countries (India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) and possibly remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries through Eurostat. Study the possibility to collect non-EU QSA depending on data availability.

Data collection:

Extension of the statistical content (new accounts, new sets of chained volume estimates, new seasonally adjusted series) and the time coverage (historical series) to take account of the development of QNA made in countries.

Extension of the country coverage (new Member countries and EE countries).

Encourage non-EU countries to provide QNA data in SDMX format.

Sending of a standard questionnaire to non-EU countries for quarterly sector accounts data collection.

Data management:

Change of the OECD reference year to 2005.

Update of the composition of OECD groups based on new Members.

Human Capital Accounts

Purpose

To develop an agreed methodology for producing numerical estimates of Human Capital for the purposes of international and inter-temporal comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The project was endorsed by CSTAT in June and started in October 2009. An OECD database has been set up with all essential information needed to measure human capital for each participating country (16 OECD member and 2 non-member countries). The preliminary estimation results have shown the feasibility of measuring human capital for comparative analyses, based on common methodology and assumptions, and even by using categorical data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Romania, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A working paper that summarises the outcomes of the first phase of the project will be released in early 2011. In addition, efforts will be put on improving estimates and extending country coverage if possible. Work on constructing an accumulation account that explains the changes in human capital is also envisaged.

Measuring disparities in a National Accounts framework

Purpose

This activity aims to integrate information on distribution in the household national accounts. The Expert Group gathering micro and macro experts on households' will consider how existing micro data could be used to produce measures of disparities between groups of households that are consistent with SNA concepts and SNA averages for the household sector.

Objectives and outputs

The first phase of the project (from January 2011 to summer 2011) will focus on tacking stock of information currently available on household income, in-kind transfers, consumption expenditures and, in perspective, wealth as provided by both macro and micro sources, including a description and a comparison of recorded amounts from the two sources.

The second activity (from September 2011 to the summer 2012) will consist in breaking down SNA-aggregates for the household sector using information available from micro-sources (i.e. allocating macro-aggregates among different groups of households) so that measures of disparities, consistent with SNA aggregates, could be constructed. The final outputs will consist of two reports:

i. A report summarizing the current data availability of macro data on household income, consumption and wealth, detailing how these are compiled and assessing how micro-data are used in that process across OECD countries. The report will also present a comparison of micro and macro aggregates.

ii. A report presenting a breakdown on SNA household aggregates for a number of countries in a recent year, based on common methodologies and disaggregation.

The Expert Group will begin its work in early 2011, with final results expected by 2012.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011 we expect to achieve a better knowledge i) on how the household national accounts are compiled across countries and ii) on gaps between micro and macro data on households' economic resources across countries.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship

Purpose

i) To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

ii) To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

i) The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

ii) In the framework of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme, Business Demography Indicators are collected formally and include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and numbers of high growth firms - all based on common concepts developed in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

The main achievement of this activity include the publication Structural and Demographic Business Statistics (March 2010) and the Statistics Brief No. 15 on Measuring Entrepreneurship (November 2010).

The Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme Steering Group held its sixth meeting in December 2010. This was followed by a Workshop jointly organised by the OECD and Eurostat. The Workshop focused on two categories of entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities.

In addition to the Steering Group, the Secretariat has developed an EIP Network so that additional countries and organisations may remain abreast of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme work and participate on an ad hoc basis.

The EIP was presented in several official internal meetings and in Workshops and Conferences held outside the Organisation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania

Databases

SDBS - Business Demography Indicators
SDBS - Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2011 include:

• The extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;
• The development of additional indicators of entrepreneurial performance;
• The publication of the first issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in March 2011.

Data collection:

Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.

Foreign Affiliates in Services

Purpose

To give detailed data on the role played by multinationals in the services sectors of the OECD countries, which concerns inward and outward foreign direct investment.

Objectives and outputs

The database on Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services covers the following variables: number of enterprises, turnover, value added, employment, personnel costs, investments, exports and imports, R&D expenditure and R&D personnel, for inward and outward activities of multinational firms. Data on the activity of parent companies are also requested.

Databases

Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services Database (FATS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

This database is going to be merged with the AFA database in a new AMNE database.

The 2010 questionnaire already includes these changes.

The cooperation with EUROSTAT should also become more important in 2011 going towards same definitions and questionnaires, except for the survey on parent companies.

Micro-data on enterprises

Purpose

To develop a large scale database of firm-level information, comparable across countries and industries. The database will contain a broad range of firm-level data, including employment, sales, labour costs, assets, etc., as well as information on the capital structure of firms.

This micro-database aims to complement existing OECD databases on industry and services (SBS, STAN, etc.).

Objectives and outputs

The micro-database is built on the ORBIS database of Bureau Van Dijk covering around 65 million companies across different industries and countries over several years. This database collects information on a broad range of financial and industrial information at the firm-level.

Given that the structure of the original database is not meant to serve research purposes, data is being extracted in a format suitable for analytical work. In addition, a thorough process of data cleaning and double checking is being undertaken to guarantee/increase the quality of the data.

In order to assess the coverage of the original database across industries and countries, existing databases will be used to assess the representativeness of the data.

The database is designed to support the analytical activities of different OECD directorates.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Europe, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

ORBIS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Update of the OECD Orbis database with a new architecture of the database, covering additional company and financial information, and as well ownership data with high quality.

• Analysis of the representativeness of ORBIS data compared to official micro-data available.

• Identification of multinationals and business groups.

• Intra-firm trade estimates.

Data collection:

More comparable information is expected on business demography and Entrepreneurship statistics, especially on the basis of the new Eurostat-OECD manual on Business Demography Statistics.

Production and Sales Indicators

Purpose

To provide short-term economic indicators of production, sales, orders, work started and in progress and stocks for OECD member countries and selected large emerging non-member economies.

Objectives and outputs

All the subjects under the Production and sales are classified under the following six top headings: Production, Sales, Orders, Work started, Work in progress, Stocks. Within each heading, indicators are further classified according to economic activities.

A review of core indicators took place in 2010, with an aim of streamlining the area, and prepare for a less co-ordinated operation between subjects within the MEI database and publications.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_REAL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No changes expected.

International Coordination of Services Statistics

Purpose

Given the wide variety of activities carried out by national and international organisations related to service statistics, to improve coordination of international development work on services statistics and facilitate a strategic view of priority needs. To provide an overview of these activities and facilitate communication between international expert groups involved. To identify overlaps, links and gaps in international work on methodological issues and data collection.

Objectives and outputs

Provide a report to the UN Statistics Commission (UNSC) on coordination of services statistics, with proposals on strategy, as requested by UNSC.
Facilitate coordination on service statistics by providing central information point on services statistics developments, gathering information from active groups, and create and maintain web pages on international developments in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Hong Kong, India, Other, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Delivery of services strategy and coordination report to UNSC 2010, with follow up as requested by UNSC. Development of OECD web pages on coordination of services statistics. Continue coordination work and monitoring developments according to guidance from UNSC 2010, Continue to chair and coordinate the work of the Task Force on Statistics on International Trade in Services (TFSITS).

Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.

Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.

New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

Training and skills development in SMEs

Purpose

Collection of data through surveys of SMEs in Canada, Turkey, Poland, Belgium, UK and New Zealand.

Objectives and outputs

Survey has more than 700 responses so far from Poland, UK, Belgium, New Zealand and Turkey. Survey to be finalised with inputs from Canada and Turkey and Belgium by March 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data on microfirms (less than 10 employees) and about formal and informal training.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
3.1 Environment (OECD)
Agri-Environmental Indicators

Purpose

To provide information to policy makers on the current state and changes of the environment in agriculture to better understand the linkages between agricultural policies and environmental impacts.

Objectives and outputs

"Environmental Indicators for Agriculture" includes the complete list of agricultural indicators, which covers a range of issues, such as agricultural impacts on soil, water, air, biodiversity and landscape.

Databases

Nitrogen Balance Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Environmental Data

Purpose

Produce objective, reliable and comparable environmental statistics at the international level as a factual basis for the OECD's policy and analytical work on environment and sustainable development (environmental indicators, environmental country peer reviews, resource productivity, environmental outlooks and environmentally sustainable development).

Collect the best available environmental data in OECD member and partner countries, promote international harmonisation of these data (core set of environmental data) and strengthen the capacity of member and selected non-member countries in the field of information production, management and use concerning the environment and sustainable development.

Objectives and outputs

Contribute to the update and publication of the OECD Compendium of environmental data and to the update of the OECD System of Information on Resources and the Environment (SIREN) database.

Data collection from member countries via the OECD questionnaire on the state of the environment (joint work with Eurostat for European Union, EFTA and EU candidate countries; co-operation with UNSD and UNEP for non-member economies).

Contribute to the international harmonisation of environmental data, definitions and concepts, and the cost-effectiveness of related international work.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

SIREN (System of Information on Resources and the Environment)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Implementation of the Collaborative Plan of Action on Environmental Data Quality, linked to the "OECD Quality Framework" and improved data quality in selected areas (continued work) with a focus on key reference series and on "data efficiency", "coherence among countries" and "interpretation", through simplified annual updates and improved country documentation *annual quality assurance). Continued review and simplification of questionnaire. Improved access to environmental information and migration of reference series to the OECD's statistical platform.

Review of information needs for OECD policy analysis and evaluation. Identification of main gaps in OECD data collection and treatment. Identification of priority issues for data quality efforts in the next years. Inventory of available national and international data sources.

Continued work on the measurement of material flows and resource productivity (as part of the implementation of the OECD Council recommendations on material flows and resource productivity adopted in 2004 and 2008). Preparation of a fact-based report on the state of resources in OECD countries and beyond. Co-operation with the UNCEEA and the London Group on Environmental Accounting.

Data collection:

Ongoing revision and simplification of the questionnaire sections (joint work with Eurostat and in co-operation with UNSD/UNEP). Data collection in 2011 to focus on key environmental reference data (annual quality assurance process).

Data management:

Facilitate the transfer of selected environmental reference series to the corporate data warehouse OECD.Stat.

Environmental Indicators

Purpose

Provide sound, measurable and policy-relevant indicators for the OECD's policy and analytical work on environment and sustainable development (e.g. environmental outlook, environmental country reviews, sustainable development, green growth, economic analysis) and support related member and selected non-member countries' efforts.

Develop core sets of reliable, measurable and policy-relevant environmental indicators to contribute to: measuring environmental performance with respect to environmental quality, environmental goals and international agreements; integrating environmental concerns in economic and sectoral policies; monitoring progress towards environmentally sustainable development and green growth, including decoupling of environmental pressure from economic growth; measuring material flows and resource productivity (link to the OECD Council recommendations on material flows and resource productivity adopted in 2004 and 2008); informing the public about major environmental trends and conditions.

Objectives and outputs

Support the work of the OECD Environmental Policy Committee and its subsidiary bodies, in particular country peer reviews.
Further develop sets of sectoral indicators: agri-environmental indicators (see related activity description); material flow and resource productivity indicators for international use at various levels of detail/aggregation. Prepare and publish a set of indicators to monitor progress with green growth (report to be published at the occasion of the 2011 MCM as a companion volume to the OECD Green Growth Strategy Synthesis Report).

Databases

Environmental indicators

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Updated OECD key environmental indicators (KEI) and major environmental indicators for use in country peer reviews. Review of indicators for peer reviews.

Set of indicators to monitor progress with green growth (link to the development of the OECD Green Growth Strategy). Publication of report for the 2011 MCM.

Improved set of urban environmental indicators to support environmental country reviews and work on Green Cities (GOV).

Proposed set of indicators on environmental quality of life (link to the recommendation of the Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi commission and to the publication "How's Life").

New and improved indicators on biological diversity (in support of environmental performance review and the environmental outlook).

Instruments Used for Environmental Policy

Purpose

To provide harmonised information on environmentally related taxes and on a number of other instruments used for environmental policy. In support of the OECD work on the use of economic instruments, draw policy conclusions and develop practical guidelines for their implementation.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD/EEA database on environmentally related taxes provides many details concerning environmentally related taxes, fees and charges levied in OECD member countries. The original focus of the database was on pollution-oriented levies and tax-bases, but levies related to resource management have also been included. The tax-bases covered include energy products, transport equipment and transport services, as well as measured or estimated emissions to air and water, ozone depleting substances, certain non-point sources of water pollution, waste management and noise, in addition to the management of water, land, soil, forests, biodiversity, wildlife and fish stocks.

Through co-operation with the European Environment Agency, the country coverage of the database has been broadened to include a number of OECD non-member countries affiliated to EEA.

The instrument coverage has also been broadened, and now includes tradable permit systems, environmentally motivated subsidies, deposit-refund systems and voluntary approaches used for environmental policy.

All the tax information for old and new OECD member countries was updated in 2010, in relation to the preparation of the book on Taxation, Innovation and the Environment. The new member countries are also in the process of providing more information on non-tax instruments that they apply.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Romania, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Databases

ENV\NP\EcoInst under Projects on WebDev2

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A further broadening of both country and instrument coverage is expected.

Green growth indicators

Purpose

To develop a set of indicators to as part of the OECD's Green Growth Strategy

Objectives and outputs

Objectives in 2011:
--compilation of Green growth indicators
--publication of Green growth indicator compendium
--contribution to ministerial report 2011

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation, South Africa3.2 Regional and small area statistics (OECD)
Regional Statistics and Indicators

Purpose

To provide an internationally comparable database for the analysis of sub-national socio economic statistics. Measures, data quality and comparability are discussed (approved) by the OECD WPTI.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to provide an internationally comparable database for the analysis of relevant socio-economic trends at the sub-national level. The database includes basic statistics on five major topics (demography, economy, labour market, society and innovation) covering around 2000 regions across the OECD countries.

Regional statistics and indicators are regularly (every second year) published in "OECD Regions at a Glance".

Disseminate the Regional Database through OECD.Stat and through the webtool OECD explorer, an interactive mapping tool designed to explore and visualize regional statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Regional Database (TDB)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main objectives for the year 2011 are to:
• Include regional statistics from non-OECD countries (Enhanced Engagement);
• New definition of internationally comparable metropolitan areas;
• Enrich the Regional Database with environmental indicators;
• Use GIS data to produce indicators of landuse and air quality in cities and regions;
• Enrich the analysis on innovation indicators in regions; carry out regional innovation activities using different sources of micro-data;
• Use the web-tool OECD explorer to further disseminate the Regional Database;
• Produce dynamic documents online, through the OECD explorer, showing the most relevant regional trends.

Data collection:

Collection of data on employment by industry, health indicators, and income distribution at the regional level.3.3 Multi-domain statistics and indicators (OECD)
2.4.1 Agriculture, forestry, fisheries (OECD)
OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook

Purpose

To provide an annual update of statistical information and projections by country for OECD members, the OECD area, selected non-member countries, other developing and least developed countries and regional and world aggregates, of supply and use balances for cereals, oilseeds, biofuels, sugar, meats and dairy products up to 2020.

Objectives and outputs

To maintain a database with detailed supply and use information for most temperate zone agricultural commodities. The tables provide detailed information for production, consumption, trade, stocks and prices in OECD countries and a large number of other countries including China, Argentina, Brazil, India, South Africa, Russia and other CIS independent states and many smaller countries and regions in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Most series cover the period from 1970 to the most current year and include updated annual projections for up to ten years in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

South Africa

Databases

The Agricultural Commodities Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main change in 2011 is a full review of the parameters, coefficients and equations in several of the key country modules of the Aglink-Cosimo model used to generate long term projections.

Producer and Consumer Support Estimates in OECD Countries and selected economies

Purpose

To collect, process, evaluate and publish data on support to agriculture in OECD countries. The activity also provides staff with a database for various research and analysis activities of the Directorate. This is a joint activity between the "Agricultural Policies and Environment", the "Development" and the "Policies and Trade in Agriculture" Divisions of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate.

Objectives and outputs

To update the Producer and Consumer Support Estimate annual database and to calculate the various indicators of support to agriculture. The data are used to evaluate agricultural and other policies in OECD countries, mainly in the annual Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries Report, which is reviewed and approved by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets.

The data collected and the method used to calculate the indicators of support are reviewed both internally, and externally by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets, on an annual basis. These review processes improve the data quality as well as the methodology used in the calculations.

In this context, a new classification of the component parts of the support estimates was implemented from the 2007 Agricultural Policies in OECD countries Monitoring and Evaluation report. The database was extended to cover the new member countries in 2009 and 2010. A user friendly tool is being developed on the website for greater availability of the quantitative and analytical information to the public.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The 2011 report will integrate the former OECD countries report and the Emerging economies report in one single publication.

The major changes consist in the addition of new member countries as well as the integration in the 2011 report of selected non-member economies.
A new tool is being designed on the web site for improved dissemination of statistical information.

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries - 2011

Purpose

To collect and present data for the publication Review of Fisheries. To provide staff, and other potential users, with a database for research and analysis purposes. The latter applies to the Policy Reviews as well as other activities of the Division. To provide other Directorates with data on fisheries resources.

Objectives and outputs

The principal purpose is to collect and make available data on a consistent basis among member countries (and observers) of statistics relevant to fisheries i.e. landings (harvest) and processing, fleet, fishers, employment, trade (via the ITS database), aquaculture and government financial transfers. The data are used nationally, principally for reporting purposes and internationally (e.g. OECD), for analytical purposes. Data also serve as reference for other international organisations and as a means for cross-checking and reconciling information from national sources.

Questionnaires and tables are sent (annually) to national correspondents following discussion and approval by the Committee for Fisheries. Data are collected and disseminated in the Review of Fisheries Statistics. Data published are also accessible via the public fisheries web site and more recent series through the Committee Web Site. At the international level co-ordination takes place among agencies involved in fisheries statistical programmes through the Co-ordinated Working Party (CWP) on Fisheries Statistics. The OECD is in close co-operation with the FAO and EUROSTAT in the collection of fisheries data. This is done, inter alia, with a view to avoid overlapping activities.

The data collected (and the procedures) are reviewed by the Committee for Fisheries on an annual basis. Internationally, improvements are carried out through the CWP.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Thailand

Databases

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued improvements in metadata and comparison possibilities across member countries. The Government Financial Transfer (GFT) data are now included in the database. Data are now available to the public via the fisheries web site. Chinese Taipei and Thailand have been included since 2006. A major overhaul of the database took place in 2005.2.4.3 Mining, manufacturing, construction (OECD)
Steel

Purpose

To meet the mandate of the OECD Steel Committee and provide the statistical background needed for policy discussions in the Committee. Statistics are also produced for two publications, one on the iron and steel market and the other on steelmaking capacity in non-OECD economies.

Objectives and outputs

To provide participants of the Steel Committee with a broad range of information on the world steel industry and related raw material markets in order to enhance transparency and facilitate discussion by member and non-member economies on challenging policy issues facing the industry. More specifically, the statistical work includes gathering data on steel supply (capacity, production), demand, prices, trade, employment, and trade policy measures, in addition to market data on raw materials used in steelmaking (iron ore, coal, coke, ferrous scrap, and ferroalloys).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Egypt, India, Malaysia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The statistical work carried out to support the efforts of the OECD Steel Committee will be enhanced through cooperation with steel statistical providers from around the world.2.4.4 Transport (OECD)
Annual Transport Statistics

Purpose

To provide annual transport information presenting disaggregated statistical data in the transport sector.

Objectives and outputs

Data are collected in a harmonised way to facilitate comparisons between modes of transport and between countries by means of the Common Questionnaire developed jointly between three international organisations: Eurostat, ITF and UNECE.

Data cover topics such as investment, infrastructure, rolling stock, human resources, traffic and energy consumption for different inland transport modes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan

Databases

Transport Statistics - Common Questionnaire

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

ITF is developing a corporate database to integrate the information collected by means of the Common Questionnaire. The corporate database is planned to be ready towards the end of 2011.

Data collection:

Upgraded version of the WEB questionnaire

International Database of Taxes and Changes for Road Freight Transport

Purpose

To provide indicators for efficiency and impact on competition of taxes and charges for transport in order to allow international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The final report provides a framework for international comparisons and discusses the economic principles for efficient systems of taxation. It provides a basis for addressing the questions "what is the right level for transport taxes" and "what kinds of charges should be used".

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Investment in Transport Infrastructure

Purpose

To provide an annual update of statistical information on transport infrastructure investment, for all ITF countries, on total gross investment and maintenance expenditure.

Objectives and outputs

After processing the data, quality checks were carried out to select reliable time series to be made available on the web site along with a short analysis of trends.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Databases

Investment in Transport Infrastructure

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data quality was improved by using more appropriated deflators when available.

Quarterly Transport Statistics

Purpose

To provide harmonised information on selected basic quarterly indicators in order to compare the latest inland transport trends between countries.

Objectives and outputs

To publish results every three months on the ITF web site, on a country by country basis with 4-5 months lag maximum (data for the first quarter is collected in June and published in July). Available series cover good transport in T-km, passenger transport in P-Km, road traffic in V-Km, brand new vehicles registration, car fuel consumption, road fatalities, imports and exports at current prices and industrial production.

Country by country data tables are available, as well as graphs showing trends for both individual countries and selected groups of countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Databases

Short-term trends survey

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Starting with the publication of the 2nd quarter of 2009 results, an analytical report based on seasonally adjusted data is published each quarter published with the data on the ITF WEB site.

Information on air and maritime transport are integrated in the analysis to provide a global view on the transport activity.

Transport Sector Trends Analysis

Purpose

To provide a first analysis of both passenger and freight transport trends, as well as road accident trends. A short list of selected indicators are collected for that purpose.

Objectives and outputs

To publish an analysis of the transport situation in different geographical regions. The publication also gives the latest statistics on the situation of the transport market in ITF countries and presents charts which help to show what changes have occurred since 1970.

Because it is published earlier than any other comparable study, this report provides first-hand figures about passenger and freight transport as well as road accidents.

Since 2008 the publication also includes information on investment and maintenance expenses in transport infrastructures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Ukraine

Databases

Trends in the Transport Sector - Leaflet

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The publication covers all transport modes including maritime and air as well as investment and maintenance expenses on transport infrastructures.2.4.5 Tourism (OECD)
Tourism

Purpose

To meet the 2007-2011 Mandate of the Tourism Committee: a) improve the measurement of tourism services in OECD economies by addressing government and industry information needs and promoting the tourism satellite account; b) contribute to the dissemination of data on tourism economics and to a more effective use of such data for business and policy analysis and decision-making processes; and c) work in complementarity with other international organisations.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, the third edition of "OECD Tourism trends and policies 2012" will be prepared. It will contain augmented statistical data on member and selected non-member countries. These data will be collected by two methods: a questionnaire will be addressed to countries; data extracted from OECD data bases. On the other hand, efforts will be made towards the dissemination of data and analysis on tourism economics at national and local levels. Special efforts will tend to promote the use of Tourism Satellite Account to public and private tourism stakeholders. In 2011, the activity on "Evaluating and Measuring Competitiveness in Tourism" will aim to identify a set of core/key indicators for measuring the overall performance and competitiveness of a country in tourism. it will also include a pilot testing with voluntary countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Tourism2.4.6 Banking, insurance, financial statistics (OECD)
Bank Profitability - Financial Statements of Banks

Purpose

To compile comprehensive statistics based on financial statements and balance sheets of banks in order to analyse the developments in the profitability of the banking sector of OECD countries.

To provide detailed methodological country notes on the institutional and geographical coverage, the degree of consolidation, the structure of the banking system, the various activities of the banks covered, specific information on individual items, the sources of the data.

Objectives and outputs

The database and publication "Bank Profitability" provide statistical and methodological information to assess the changes in the state of health of national banking systems of OECD countries. They include data on the income statements and balance sheets of a number of bank groupings as well as on the structure of the national financial systems. The statistics relate to all institutions which conduct ordinary banking business, i.e. institutions which primarily take deposits from the public at large and provide finance for a wide range of purposes.

Banking indicators calculated on the basis of the primary data are also provided.

The database has been updated up to 2009 for all countries which were able to provide these data, which is a great improvement in timeliness.

Methodological notes complementing the data have been revised.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Bank Profitability - Financial Statements of Banks

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Without new resources allocated to the Financial Statistics team, the management of Bank Profitability is suspended in 2011.

Fast-track data collection from largest pension funds worldwide

Purpose

The main goal of this exercise is to help policymakers gain a better understanding of investment strategies and risk management conducted by some of the world's leading pension funds. Further, the study will attempt to explain the extent to which differences in liability structures and country-specific regulation explain differences in the management style of funds.

Objectives and outputs

The questionnaire intends to collect quantitative and detailed qualitative information on investment rate of return, asset allocation, derivatives and operating costs.

2010, 6 pension funds in Denmark, Italy and the Netherlands participated in the study.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Coordination by pension funds' regulators will be encouraged to increase sample size and geographical coverage.

Feasibility study of estimating coverage, contributions and benefits from privately managed pensions

Purpose

The main goal of this research is to assess publicly available data sources and to examine ways and means to make better use of available administrative data and micro datasets at national and international levels in order to be able to estimate levels of private pension coverage, contributions and benefits.

Objectives and outputs

This research consists of:

• Identifying and comparing publicly available administrative, survey or micro datasets in all EU Member states and selected non-EU OECD countries from which it could be envisaged to calculate or estimate the selected list of indicators (i.e., pertaining to coverage, contributions and benefits by socio-economic status);
• Identifying the variables that exist in those datasets that allow calculation or estimation of selected indicators and examining the level of disaggregation of the information on private pension plans and possible variations in definition, timeliness and scope;
• Examining existing exercises to reconcile macro and micro data;
• Identifying possible methodological limitations that could jeopardise data quality;
• Developing further contacts with the relevant international and national entities (e.g. Eurostat, National Statistical Offices, etc.) in order to facilitate data acquisition and quality checks;
• Producing the selected indicators for 4 selected countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania,

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2010, the research mainly focused on identifying and comparing publicly available administrative, survey or micro datasets in all EU Member states and selected non-EU OECD countries from which it could be envisaged to calculate or estimate the selected list of indicators. In 2011 (January-June), the study will mainly consist of producing the selected indicators for four countries and examining existing exercises to reconcile macro and micro data.

In an extension of the project, the selected indicators will be produced for four additional countries (January-December).

Monitoring of Insurance Markets: Global Insurance Statistics

Purpose

The recent financial market turmoil and rapid changes in financial markets and financial systems are creating new challenges for financial statistics. The increased complexity and potential opacity of financial sector operations resulting from globalisation and rapid innovation call for further transparency, better and more comprehensive data, and an enhanced capacity to analyse this data.

With a view to contributing to the development of macro-overview of the insurance market, the current standard questionnaire allows to collect key aggregate statistics relating to premium volume, balance sheet and income statement items (e.g., total assets, shareholder equity, technical provisions, net income), and portfolio investments.

Objectives and outputs

In the new framework of insurance statistics, the questionnaire is divided into two parts. The first part includes data on premium and key variables pertaining to the financial strength and profitability of the insurance sector. Data for this first part are collected during the first half of the year.

The second part includes more detailed information on premiums, claims, commissions and expenses, as well as information on reinsurers. Data for this second part are collected during the second half of the year.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Hong Kong, Malaysia, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

Insurance

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the success of the 2010 data collection exercise, the IPPC has decided to pursue its implementation on an ongoing basis.

Further improvements foreseen within the framework of this project will include:

• Accelerating the collection of statistics to enhance timeliness;
• Expanding the current compact set of core statistics and indicators to include additional indicators;
• Organisation of a Global Seminar on Insurance Statistics in Asia. The participation of selected additional countries in the regions will be sought at this occasion;
• Seeking greater synergy between existing OECD insurance and pension statistical activities;
• To provide economic globalisation indicators of insurance statistics to analyse and measure the market share of foreign companies in the global market;
• To develop further relationship with accession countries to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the insurance statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Pension Monitoring

Purpose

In order to ensure that pension reforms are both financially and socially sustainable, it is essential to monitor the outcomes of changes in pension system parameters and rules. The activity uses a microeconomic approach which is particularly suitable for international comparison of pension policies. Prospective individual benefit entitlements from mandatory pension arrangements are modelled for full-career workers at different earnings levels. The framework uses the same economic assumptions for all countries and thereby abstracts from non-pension factors, which often distort international comparisons of pension systems.

Objectives and outputs

To monitor pension systems and pension policies in OECD countries, to collect, up-date and analyse information on pension system rules and parameters and to model prospective pension entitlements for standard retirement, early retirement and interrupted careers. The output of this activity is published in regularly updated reports.

The fourth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in early 2011. The report includes updates of the models with 2008 parameters, including special chapters covering pension ages, life expectancy, incentives to retire and older workers.

In 2010:

- Key data were disseminated in OECD.Stat via http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=ELSPENSIONS
- An on-line Pension calculator was updated, via http://www.oecd.org/document/12/0,3343,en_2649_34757_43024076_1_1_1_1,00.html
- Most indicators related to pensions are available on-line in MS-Excel format via www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG

The fifth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in 2012. The report will include updates of the models with 2010 parameters.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Pension monitoring database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The range of countries covered under the Pensions at a Glance umbrella is constantly expanding with an update for PaG Asia due in early 2011 and work will commence on the LAC region with provisional results being available mid/late 2011. Further areas of analysis will concentrate on periods of career absence because of unemployment.

Data management:

The number of indicators covered in the data will be increased leading to the creation of a pensions database.

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Fast-track data collection

Purpose

The collection of key infra-annual statistical information is meant to improve the timeliness of the release of the OECD funded pension statistics to the public and to other international organisations.

Objectives and outputs

The fast-track data collection allows to collect recent statistical data on the pension fund sector. Only key variables are collected, such as total assets, investment rates of return and funding/solvency levels for DB pension plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bulgaria, Colombia, Hong Kong, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Other, Romania, Thailand, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Together with the collection of statistical data, the fast-track questionnaire will include qualitative questions about the recent trends in the pension funds' sector, the calculation methodology for the regulatory funding ratios and the calculation methodology for the net investment income.

Data collection:

In 2011, countries will be invited to join qualitative information to the data, related to the recent trends in the pension funds' sector and to methodological issues.

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Public Pension Reserve Funds

Purpose

Funding is growing in what have been traditionally exclusively PAYG-financed, social security systems. Funding in these systems takes the form of reserve funds, which in most cases are institutions with their own governing board and look like pension funds in many aspects.

The main goal of the statistical exercise on Public Pension Reserve Funds is to collect in-depth and comparable information on these funds, with a focus on assets, asset allocation, and performance.

Objectives and outputs

Since 2003, the OECD collects statistical information on Public Pension Reserve Funds. Between 2003 and 2008, data were collected through information publicly available on the internet. Since 2009, a statistical questionnaire has been developed and allows to collect more in-depth and comparable information on Public Pension Reserve Funds, which is released on a yearly basis in the newsletter Pension Markets in Focus.

Overview of private pension systems (methodological survey)

Purpose

The yearly review of funded pension system at national level intends to provide a benchmarking tool to develop further the understanding of pension systems and their compliance with the OECD classification for funded pension plans and funds. It also provides information related to the statistical data coverage of the OECD Global Pension Statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This annual survey provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of funded pension statistics. The survey, based on a standard template, allows the compilation of comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and some non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in funded pension statistics. The survey also allows the monitoring of methodological improvements over time and provides valuable information on the compliance of systems with the OECD Classification of funded pension plans and funds.

Further reading: OECD (2005), Private Pensions: OECD Classification and Glossary, OECD, Paris.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Brazil, Bulgaria, Colombia, Costa Rica, Hong Kong, Macedonia, Other, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Financial Indicators

Purpose

To capture in quantitative terms an important but heterogeneous and fast evolving area in globalisation of the financial markets and increased sophistication of the actors and activities in these markets.

Objectives and outputs

The Financial Indicators dataset contains financial statistics on six separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates, Reserve Assets, International Trade, and Share Prices. In all cases considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series' data to aid with analysis.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_FIN

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

None expected.3.4 Yearbooks and similar compendia (OECD)
OECD Factbook

Purpose

To meet the needs of a wide range of users for a one-stop resource containing broadly based, comparative, country-based, economic, social and environmental data. To help users in assessing the position of a single country taking into account multiple dimensions and promoting the importance of policy coherence.

Objectives and outputs

The objective of the activity is to bring together data concerning various economic, social and environmental phenomena and highlight measurement issues, underlining areas where the comparability of statistics across countries is weak and describing initiatives undertaken to overcome these problems.

The Factbook is published both on paper and on Internet. The electronic version is made available for free and contains longer time series and more detailed metadata.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The 2011 edition will be published in November.

OECD in Figures

Purpose

To produce an original, simple to use, annual pocket statistical data book covering different domains.

Objectives and outputs

OECD in Figures contains key data on OECD countries, ranging from economic growth and employment to trade and migration. There are comparable tables on the environment, science and public finances. For added perspective, OECD in Figures includes a selection of graphs, giving snapshots on subjects such as GDP, education spending, services trade, health funding, development aid and renewable energy.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

N/A

WikiProgress

Purpose

To create a centralized web community around the vision of measuring the progress of societies by creating a place where progress data and research articles can be loaded, visualised and analysed so good decisions about societies can be made at the local, national and international levels.

Objectives and outputs

1 - Wikiprogress : A database of articles submitted to the wiki by the community on measurements of progress.

1a) installing myprogressindex.org in which users of the wiki can choose from various indicators and assign different weights to them. Based on OECD progress work (in planning phase)

1b) planning a dashboard of indicators on the site that come out the regularly using data visualisation. (in planning phase)

1c) eBrief a monthly communication going out to networks on latest in progress news (community portal, latest publications, latest articles, latest data, etc) - (executed).

1d) Leveraging networks for content coverage - GPRnet, Correspondents, friends of wiki, wikigender (executed)

1e) redesign of wikiprogress (executed)

2- Wikigender : as inequality is a major dimension of the progress initiative, gender equality will be a main emphasis in wikiprogress work and thereby merits its own platform and specialized community which will feed wikiprogress.

2a) Wikigender University (executed)

2b) Wikigender Impact (in planning phase)

2c) Wikigender monthly reminders (executed)

2d) Outreach to other networks and partners (executed)

3- Wiki.stat: a database of progress related data created and filled.

3a) Data visualisation tools utilised (in planning phase)

3b) Data uploaded application (executed)

4-The PROG BLOG: a regular communication on progress which will inform the progress interested community on the latest in research, data, initiatives and development on the wiki. (executed)

4a) On the blog and the wiki will be a series of videos which are narrated telling stories about the data. (in planning phase)

5- Research

5a) Working paper on Social Cohesion and 2.0 - in the context of shifting wealth and the recession, what could web 2.0 mean for social cohesion in developing countries (executed)

5b) contributing substantively to the social cohesion section on wikiprogress (ongoing)

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

1a) installing myprogressindex.org in which users of the wiki can choose from various indicators and assign different weights to them. Based on OECD progress work (in planning phase)

1b) planning a dashboard of indicators on the site that come out the regularly using data visualisation. (in planning phase)

1c) Further development of the wikiprogress technically

1d) Nurturing of networks (Global Project Research Network, Wikigender, etc)

1e) Further development of communications tools: Prog Blog, Progress e Brief)

1f) Online events organised around the progress agenda

1g) Further outreach for development/progress datasets on wiki.stat

1h) Data visualisation and storytelling features developed.


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
Central Government Debt Statistics

Purpose

To provide an analytical tool primarily to government debt managers as well as to financial analysts including policy analysts, security analysts, commercial financial institutions, research analysts, etc. This work is carried out under the auspices of the Working Party on Government Debt Management.

The publication "Central Government Debt - Statistical Yearbook" provides annual statistics on central government debt instruments in the 34 OECD countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance; it excludes state and local government debt and social security funds. The main focus of the statistics is marketable debt instruments as well as duration and average term to maturity of domestic, foreign and total debt.

In addition, the publication provides individual country notes including methodological information such as a description of debt instruments and selling techniques in each country.

Objectives and outputs

In the 2011 edition of the statistical yearbook, 3 new OECD Member countries will be added: Estonia, Israel and Slovenia.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Databases

Central Government Debt Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collection and publication of 2010 data.

Data collection:

2010 data and more historical data for the recent OECD Member countries (Chile, Estonia, Israel, Slovenia).

Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government

Purpose

To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on fiscal equalisation, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance.

Objectives and outputs

Collection of two datasets:

• Indicators of tax autonomy of sub-central governments

• Indicators of the composition of intergovernmental grants

Databases

Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

More data will be available on OECD.stat

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Global Pension Statistics

Purpose

Launched in 2002 this exercise provides a unique source of comparable statistics and indicators of funded pension plan systems from an international perspective and also facilitates cross-country comparisons of the most up-to-date statistics and indicators on key aspects of funded retirement systems across OECD and non-OECD countries. It aims to provide information about the main trends and features of funded pension plan systems in a clear and concise format.

Objectives and outputs

It aims to provide in a compact manner a comparative overview of the importance and structure of private and funded pension systems across OECD and non-OECD countries using a selected set of statistics and indicators, compiled on an on-going basis together with its companion product dedicated to the description and assessment of countries' statistical methodology following the OECD Classification on pension plans and pension funds.

Access to OECD private pension statistics has been enhanced through the dissemination of additional data and selected indicators through the OECD Web statistical portal (OECD.stat). This should be further enriched with the inclusion of country profiles providing key indicators on a country per country basis. As far as paper publications are concerned, the newsletter "Pension Markets in Focus" was released in July 2010. Contributions to other OECD publications (e.g. 'OECD in figures', 'OECD Factbook') will continue in 2011 as well as approximately sixty country profiles generated for the IOPS Web site on a yearly basis. In addition, 2 OECD flagship publications will be published in 2011 including private pension statistics: the 'OECD Pensions at a Glance 2011' and the 'OECD Pensions Outlook 2012'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Croatia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Ukraine

Databases

OECD Global Pension Statistics
Pension indicators

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

With respect to quality improvements, the work in 2011 will focus on methodological issues such as valuation methods for assets and liabilities, review of definitions within the statistical questionnaire and methodology for the calculation of funding ratios.

The geographical scope should be extended to non-member countries, and in particular OECD Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries as well as remaining G20 countries not in the GPS framework yet.

Relationship with accession countries will be developed further to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the private pension statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Data collection:

In order to better reflect national systems, possible adjustments to the OECD Classification may be included in the OECD statistical questionnaire to further refine definition of pension plan types: occupational vs. personal, DB vs. DC, mandatory vs. voluntary, as well as pension funds vs. pension insurance contracts.

There are variables, to which special attention will be given in order to improve granularity for analytical purposes. This will be the case for selected variables such as foreign investments, operating costs, contributions, and benefits.

Data management:

Additional variables should be collected related to foreign investments, operating costs, contributions and benefits.

Revenue Statistics

Purpose

To provide data on tax revenues in OECD countries. These data are widely used within and outside the OECD to analyse tax policy developments in OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Revenue Statistics" publication provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. It presents a set of detailed, internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards.

Special features dealing with specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

Revenue Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data collection from Estonia for the first time.
Re-drafting the commentary on the latest figures

Tax Rates

Purpose

To provide information on tax rates in OECD countries. The taxes covered are personal and corporate income taxes, social security contributions and value added tax. The data are used to analyse tax rate trends and their policy implications.

Objectives and outputs

Data tables showing, for each of the main taxes, the rate and its method of application in each country are disseminated on the OECD website.

Databases

OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Taxing Wages

Purpose

To provide annual data for OECD countries on the personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Taxing Wages" publication details the tax/benefit position of employees, covering personal income tax and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers, and universal cash benefits received by family units. Taxes and benefits are detailed for eight family-types, which differ by income level and household composition. The report also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates.

Databases

Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Management in Government

Purpose

To collect comparable data and indicators of good government and efficient public services, and to provide robust empirics with which to assess the impact of public management reforms and progress made in their implementation.

Objectives and outputs

The second edition of "Government at a Glance" will be released in 2011. It will include measures of both the market and non-market activities of government and government-owned enterprises. In addition it will also measure other activities which are undertaken outside of general government but which are wholly or partly funded by government. Data are based on general government labour statistics and on detailed information from general government national accounts (investments, public corporations, supply and use tables) and information collected by GOV surveys on governance and public output processes and their results. The second publication will include six categories of variables: revenues; inputs; public sector processes; and antecedents or constraints that contextualize government performance and will also add output and outcome measures for the "whole of government", for selected policy sectors and for the machinery of government.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main priorities are developing new indicators for the second edition of Government at a Glance and the development of a strategy in the long run for new data collection, including more measures about the quality of public sector processes and selected output and outcome measures.

Benefits and Wages

Purpose

Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, an online "tax-benefit calculator" has now been made available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and will be maintained and updated in the future.

Objectives and outputs

The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage was recently extended to include Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia, and, as part of a grant agreement with the European Commission, the new EU Members States who are not currently members of the OECD: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta and Romania. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia. Finally, ad-hoc models were developed jointly with the World Bank for a number of south-eastern European countries: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), Serbia.

An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models has been developed ("tax-benefit calculator") and is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. It will be maintained and updated in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improved modelling of child-related policies, including transfers available to parents of very young children (e.g. maternity benefits). Improved modelling of the gender dimension of social policies (e.g. by collecting better earnings data for men and women).

Data collection:

Include Bulgaria, Romania, Chile, Israel, Russia


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Purpose

Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Implement the new typology of aid.

Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases

Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Test data collection in new format, merging CRS and DAC systems.

Data management:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Database on Country Programmable Aid (CPA database)

Purpose

Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA - official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients. To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey of Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the annual Report on Division of Labour and global fragmentation.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA and make sectoral CPA data available online via OECD.STAT and QWIDS.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries

Purpose

The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.
Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued reform of DAC statistics, through implementation of new classification of aid, further work on improving access to data, possible sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

A new work stream on non-ODA flows will be integrated into STAT in early 2011. For the first time, a dedicated unit (2 officials) will closely examine types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work), STAT will consider preparing a report for the DAC in Q4 2011.

Data collection:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Balance of Payments

Purpose

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Balance of Payments
MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The BOP database needs a full review and an investigation into how best to implement BPM6. This can only be done with additional resources.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment

Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

• Following the Council recommendation of 2008:
  i) to continue work on Research Agenda;
  ii) To promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;
• To promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Establishing a clear communications policy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;
• Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.
• Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

FDI statistics -Review of OECD accession candidate countries

Purpose

To review the position of the OECD accession candidate country vis-a-vis the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition and related reporting requirements as set out in the OECD Accession Roadmap.

Objectives and outputs

Contribution to Investment Committee's examination of the willingness and the ability of the accession candidate country to assume the obligations of OECD membership in its field of competence.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics

Purpose

To compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on inward and outward FDI flows and positions to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire based on the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment and the IMF Balance of Payments Manual). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries.

Statistics are also included regularly or as required for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc. Data and analysis are mainly published annually in two distinct publications: OECD International Direct Investment Yearbook and International Investment Perspectives. Data are also provided on OECD.Stat for wider usage by OECD analysts.

For most recent trends, timely aggregate quarterly FDI statistics are compiled and disseminated on OECD website:http://www.oecd.org/document/8/0,3343,en_2649_33763_40930184_1_1_1_1,00.html

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will be upgraded to include the revised methodological recommendations included in the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment. This upgrading will allow including data according to BMD4 which countries may report in 2010 for the reference year 2009.

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

International Trade Indicators

Purpose

To measure globalisation in the context of international trade, for the levels of total trade (goods and services), trade of goods and trade of services. Some of the indicators refer to aggregated levels while other ones differentiate according to types of commodities traded, to types of services delivered or to types of economic activities involved.

Objectives and outputs

Extension of the indicators present in the database.
Update of existing indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension of a number of indicators in response to identified, globalisation-related statistical needs.

Improvement of timeliness of data updates, extension of FAME-based calculation and updating procedures to more indicators.

Trade by enterprise characteristics

Purpose

To measure, on the one hand, the contribution of real economic sectors to trading, and on the other hand, to complement business data with detailed information on trade, which is traditionally not part of business statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Under guidance of the Business Economic Statistics and Trade (BEST) Steering Group, a first OECD Linkage Table, which is based on Eurostat's Standardisation Document Rev. 2, was sent out to participating Non-EU-OECD member countries. Up to now, OECD has received data collection tables from Canada, , Norway and the United States. In addition, Eurostat provided OECD with the respective (published) data tables of several EU member states for reference years 2005-7. After reclassification of the Eurostat data to OECD standards (ISIC and CPC classifications, USD currency and OECD geo-nomenclature), these were integrated to the Trade by enterprise characteristics (TEC) database of the OECD, available in the globalisation cube of OECD.Stat.

Databases

Trade by Enterprise Characteristics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the data collection will include more recent reference years and more countries, in co-operation with Eurostat.

The Handbook on Trade Microdata is expected to be completed early in 2011 and submitted to the BEST Steering Group. The next BEST Steering Group meeting will be the crucial point to fix the next steps for the continuation and expansion of this database.

International Trade in Goods

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. A successful completion of the first phase (data collection and transmission to UNSD) of this initiative has already resulted in a reduction of the response burden for member countries and has led in 2006 to identical trade figures published by both the UN and the OECD (processed data). The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues. The 2010 ITS expert meeting attracted 130 participants.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics
Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, data quality and timeliness of processed data should be further improved as it is planned to implement "data capture" checks in order to facilitate the upload of data into ITCS.

ITCS in OECD.Stat has continued stabilizing in 2010 and efficiency results have been gained thanks to the new server and new architecture of ITCS on OECD.stat which resulted in better performances and better timeliness (through the implementation of a direct link between ITCS and OECD.stat).

The team will continue working on files data and metadata files received in the context of the accession of the new members to the OECD. Upload of data files into the database will be dealt with in the context of all the other priorities.

The team will be involved on the publication of the new Trade and Competitiveness at a Glance.

In the context of the 2011-2012 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be conducted on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services

Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 33 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 31 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services including the finalisation of the paper version of the "The Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services" (MSITS 2010) and its online annexes. Prepare outline of the compilation guidance.

Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)
OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Promote SDMX for exchanging trade in services data.
Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

Implement EBOPS 2010 in StatWorks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards, beginning with Australia.

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.
Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire to will be asked to fill in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format

Intra-firm trade

Purpose

To create a dataset of intra-firm trade among OECD countries for TAD report on "Intra-firm trade".

Objectives and outputs

The project started in 2010 and will continue in 2011. A work-in-progress report has been presented in September 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will include US data at a more disaggregated level (HS6) and estimates based on firm-level data (ORBIS) will be updated.

Monthly International Trade

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of Economic Outlook. Online availability of OECD's detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the recommendations of the WPTGS and the work carried out by the Secretariat, it is planned for 2011 to continue work on implementation of the methodological questionnaire results; advance total trade data submission to MSIT to feed into MEI in a timely manner (after aligning methodologies between MSIT and MEI) and to produce identical, consistent monthly trade aggregate figures in the two publications; expand scope of countries to include the 5 Accession countries with help from additional resources marked to that effect.

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

Purpose

To provide a reliable and accurate regulatory database which can be easily updated for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Objectives and outputs

the STRI Regulatory Database inform on the existence of barriers to trade in services in the countries covered. This information is completed by direct links to the legal sources and comments clarifying the context.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database has been completely refined and updated during the year.


2.7 Prices (OECD)
Price Indicators

Purpose

To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

Objectives and outputs

The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) publication and database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation, and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

Organisation of Seminars to discuss methodological issues. A manual on real estate prices will be written.

Databases

MEI
MEI_PRICE

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Organise a joint Eurostat-OECD Task Force for the revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.
• Calculate G20 aggregates for CPI
• Improve the dissemination of price indices

Data management:
 • Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

Purchasing Power Parities

Purpose

Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Calculation of final benchmark results for the round 2008
• Organisation of the data collection for the 2011 round which started in 2009 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).
• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed. Participate in the ad-hoc task forces set up by Eurostat to discuss various issues associated with PPPs.
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs (publication of a WP on hospital price levels)

Databases

ANA

Purchasing Power Parities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health (to be implemented in 2012).
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Participation in a TF to update the Eurostat-OECD PPP manual.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

Purpose

To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

Objectives and outputs

The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)/ Analytical Researchers, Scientists and Engineers (ANRSE)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Country coverage was expanded in 2010, along with improved data processing and checking routines. In 2011, the estimation techniques for missing data in each country will be further reviewed.

Biotechnology

Purpose

To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.
OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Additional countries to be added.

Careers of Doctorate Holders

Purpose

Collect data on the labour market outcome and mobility of doctorate holders

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and update internal database, use data for analysis at the macro level, launch work using micro-data with interested countries, evaluate data collection and revise methodology accordingly

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Russian Federation

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Purpose

To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

Objectives and outputs

This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Main Developments for 2011

Data management:
MSTI database production system: migration from StatWorks to SAS software (2010-Q4)

Patent Statistics

Purpose

To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

"Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

A matching exercise is currently being performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) was first made available to researchers in October 2009. It is currently being improved and expanded. Preliminary indicators at the firm level were presented and discussed at several meetings.

Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

Regular workshops on patent statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, USPTO, JPO, WIPO and Eurostat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent offices); expand the exercise of harmonising patent applicant's names and matching with firm-level databases, development of further patent indicators (reflecting globalisation, specific technologies); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ENV, GOV) expected in 2011.

Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

Another matching exercise will be conducted in order to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual "R&D Statistics" and the biannual "Main S&T Indicators" publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Plan to publish ISIC Rev. 4

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

Objectives and outputs

The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database.

The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

R&D_SM database



4. Methodology of data collection, processing, dissemination and analysis (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
STAN Database for Industrial Analysis

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Databases

Database for Industrial Analysis (STAN)
OECD STAN Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Inclusion of additional countries in STAN (e.g. ). Preparations for implementation of ISIC Rev. 4. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper.

Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys

Purpose

To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are published in the OECD's monthly Main Economic Indicators (MEI). Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

During the year 2010 the OECD has evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. For 2011 the OECD will start the review of its Business Tendency Surveys handbook last revised in 2003.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The review of the Business Tendency Surveys handbook will start.

Main Economic Indicators

Purpose

The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and for all Enhanced Engagement economies on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A Review of the MEI process will take place in 2011.

Data collection:

On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

Real-time and Revisions Database

Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Composite Leading Indicators

Purpose

To compile and disseminate the OECD composite leading indicators for OECD member countries and for the BRICS NMEs + Indonesia, which help analysts to assess the cyclical phase of the OECD economies and forecast its future development.

To do methodological development work and carry out scientific research in this field.

Objectives and outputs

OECD Composite Leading Indicators (CLI) are published in the monthly Main Economic Indicators publication and in a monthly press release.

The quality of existing CLIs is monitored and enhanced on an on-going basis, including the expansion of country coverage for both OECD member and non-member countries, and the development of new tools in the research software for cyclical analysis and composite indicators.

Main achievements in 2010 were the finalization of a distributable package of the production system (CACISd), setting up the dissemination website in Clearspace, with the goal of reinforcing transparency.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_CLI

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update CLIs for selected OECD member countries.
Introduction of the 4 new OECD member economy CLIs.
Organization of training seminars.

Data collection:

Inclusion of additional series required for the compilation of CLIs for Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation and South Africa and for OECD member as a result of on-going review of CLI component series for each country.

Data management:

Incorporation of more detailed metadata on CLI compilation methodology in MetaStore.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
Annual National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

The paper and electronic publications contain a wide selection of accounts: Main aggregates (GDP by expenditure, GDP by kind of activity, GDP by income and disposable income, saving and net lending), detailed breakdown by kind of activity for gross value added (at current and constant prices), components of value added, and gross fixed capital formation and employment. It also includes final consumption expenditure of households by purpose and simplified accounts for general government. Detailed accounts by institutional sectors are only available on the electronic publications. The publications also give comparative tables based on exchange rates and comparative tables based on purchasing power parities for OECD member countries and for the following groups: OECD, OECD-Europe, Euro Zone and the European Union as well as volume and price indices for GDP aggregates. Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in paper publication, CD-ROM, SourceOECD, OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data from EE countries : Brazil, India, South Africa

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)

Purpose

Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Main changes in content relate to the progressive inclusion of relevant statistics for the Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries over the coming year. New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use.

Data management:

Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

Financial Accounts

Purpose

To provide unique data sets of harmonised data on financial accounts and financial balance sheets of OECD countries, according to SNA 1993, to analysts and policy makers.

Objectives and outputs

This activity mainly focuses on the collection of comparable quantitative and qualitative information on financial transactions carried out and on financial stocks held by institutional sectors of the economy in the OECD member countries.

The main objectives are to improve the quantity and the quality of information on OECD financial accounts (transmission of timely, reliable and consistent data) and to disseminate comparable tables on financial accounts (transactions) and financial balance sheets (stocks).

Accession countries' data have been included in the databases when available.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Financial Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The most important change will be the new quarterly frequency which will be added for the four SNA-related databases (see below).

In addition, the database on Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets will continue to be improved. All OECD countries are now covered. For some countries however, the sectoral coverage has still to be extended while for some countries, additional datasets (flows or stocks, consolidated or non-consolidated) will continue to be required.

Data for Russia, for the EE5 countries, and for additional G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia) will be requested.

Detailed methodological information relating Financial accounts and Financial balance sheets should be updated and included in MetaStore.

Data collection:

In 2011, data will be collected on a quarterly basis in addition to the current annual frequency. However, EU data will not be published.

Historical data will be added to the database as soon as countries sent them. Data which are still missing for some Member countries will continue to be requested and included in the databases.

Data for Russia will be integrated (if provided) in the OECD databases; depending on resources, data for some non-Member countries (EE5 and G20) will be asked and processed according to their availability.

Moreover, following conclusions of the 2009 and 2010 WPFS meetings, financial indicators based on financial accounts and balance sheets, and on the two other SNA-related database (on Households and Institutional investors) will be calculated and disseminated.

IT developments in the ANA database, which should have been made in 2010, are urgently needed at the very beginning of 2011 to be able to integrate quarterly data.

Data management:

Financial indicators based on these datasets should be calculated and made available in the datasets.

A new database system has been required to ITN to host quarterly data which have been requested from countries: it has to be created at the very beginning of the year to be able to use quarterly financial accounts data.

General Government National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

To provide a forum for international exchange on national accounts and public finance standards in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability of major public finance indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

ANA - SNA
Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data for EE countries: Brazil, India, South Africa

Handbook on the Measurement of Non-market Services

Purpose

To advance on the volume output measurement for health and education services in the national accounts.

Objectives and outputs

This activity was endorsed by the OECD Committee on Statistics in 2005. The main purpose is the development of a handbook on the topic and advances with the empirical measurement of the volume of health and education services across countries (see also PPP for health and education). The handbook has now been completed and was published in 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Activity completed in 2010.

Household Assets and Liabilities

Purpose

This data collection aims at better knowing the households' behaviour vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 - Households.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

Updating of the database.

Extension of the database to additional countries (accession countries).

Better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

It is expected to further improve the coverage (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (EE5 and G20)

Quarterly data will be collected and used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection:

According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

Input-Output

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

Objectives and outputs

The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

Input-Output

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Country coverage to be expanded to include more Asian countries and, if possible, to complete the coverage of G20.

Institutional Investors' assets

Purpose

This data collection integrated in the framework of the SNA cover detailed assets (including a breakdown of resident/non resident data) for a number of institutional investors (more detailed than in the SNA93). Its aim is to have more detailed information on the activities of the institutional investors (not covered by the SNA) in OECD Member countries.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

The database has been updated up to 2009, including new OECD countries and Russia.

Improvements in the coverage of the database have been achieved.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Institutional Investors' assets

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update and improvement of the coverage.
According to decisions taken at the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected when available and used to calculate indicators.

Data collection:

Improved coverage of the database.
According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

National Accounts for Non-member Economies

Purpose

To cooperate with non-member countries not included in the Quarterly National Accounts database and incorporate these countries into the standard OECD MEI data collection and dissemination program.

Objectives and outputs

Provide users with non-member national accounts data.
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

National accounts and prices for non-member countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

To remove these countries once they are incorporated into the QNA database.

Productivity/Capital Services

Purpose

Four OECD Directorates have co-operated to produce a data set for productivity measures, a widely-used indicator of economic performance. The purpose of this activity is to bring together, in one place, the results of this work and make available various productivity measures as well as relevant methodological information such as the OECD Manual on Measuring Capital. The series on capital services, multi-factor productivity (MFP) and GDP per hour worked are a standard input into the Economic Department's estimate of potential output.

Objectives and outputs

Labour productivity indices for 30 countries and a set of capital services and multi-factor productivity measures for 20 countries are regularly updated and are available on OECD.Stat. Recent methodological developments concerned both the development of multi-factor productivity estimates by industry in the OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database and research on total economy productivity measures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

International organisation

Databases

Productivity/capital services database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the database will continue to be updated regularly with the aim to increase the number of available countries, and MFP by industry statistics related to the development of OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database will be released. Methodological developments will concern both productivity indicators at the total economy level and MFP estimates by industry.

Quarterly National Accounts

Purpose

1. To provide a real time update of member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

2. To provide external users a selection of key time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of volume data and indices for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on SNA 1993/ESA 1995. It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible, a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries covering accounts at the level of the overall economy and some institutional sectors accounts.

Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts for member countries and a few non-member economies.

The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Brazilian data have been loaded to the QNA database in 2010.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

Increase geographical coverage of the QNA database by including Enhanced Engagement (EE) countries (India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) and possibly remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries through Eurostat. Study the possibility to collect non-EU QSA depending on data availability.

Data collection:

Extension of the statistical content (new accounts, new sets of chained volume estimates, new seasonally adjusted series) and the time coverage (historical series) to take account of the development of QNA made in countries.

Extension of the country coverage (new Member countries and EE countries).

Encourage non-EU countries to provide QNA data in SDMX format.

Sending of a standard questionnaire to non-EU countries for quarterly sector accounts data collection.

Data management:

Change of the OECD reference year to 2005.

Update of the composition of OECD groups based on new Members.

Human Capital Accounts

Purpose

To develop an agreed methodology for producing numerical estimates of Human Capital for the purposes of international and inter-temporal comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The project was endorsed by CSTAT in June and started in October 2009. An OECD database has been set up with all essential information needed to measure human capital for each participating country (16 OECD member and 2 non-member countries). The preliminary estimation results have shown the feasibility of measuring human capital for comparative analyses, based on common methodology and assumptions, and even by using categorical data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Romania, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A working paper that summarises the outcomes of the first phase of the project will be released in early 2011. In addition, efforts will be put on improving estimates and extending country coverage if possible. Work on constructing an accumulation account that explains the changes in human capital is also envisaged.

Measuring disparities in a National Accounts framework

Purpose

This activity aims to integrate information on distribution in the household national accounts. The Expert Group gathering micro and macro experts on households' will consider how existing micro data could be used to produce measures of disparities between groups of households that are consistent with SNA concepts and SNA averages for the household sector.

Objectives and outputs

The first phase of the project (from January 2011 to summer 2011) will focus on tacking stock of information currently available on household income, in-kind transfers, consumption expenditures and, in perspective, wealth as provided by both macro and micro sources, including a description and a comparison of recorded amounts from the two sources.

The second activity (from September 2011 to the summer 2012) will consist in breaking down SNA-aggregates for the household sector using information available from micro-sources (i.e. allocating macro-aggregates among different groups of households) so that measures of disparities, consistent with SNA aggregates, could be constructed. The final outputs will consist of two reports:

i. A report summarizing the current data availability of macro data on household income, consumption and wealth, detailing how these are compiled and assessing how micro-data are used in that process across OECD countries. The report will also present a comparison of micro and macro aggregates.

ii. A report presenting a breakdown on SNA household aggregates for a number of countries in a recent year, based on common methodologies and disaggregation.

The Expert Group will begin its work in early 2011, with final results expected by 2012.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011 we expect to achieve a better knowledge i) on how the household national accounts are compiled across countries and ii) on gaps between micro and macro data on households' economic resources across countries.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship

Purpose

i) To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

ii) To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

i) The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

ii) In the framework of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme, Business Demography Indicators are collected formally and include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and numbers of high growth firms - all based on common concepts developed in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

The main achievement of this activity include the publication Structural and Demographic Business Statistics (March 2010) and the Statistics Brief No. 15 on Measuring Entrepreneurship (November 2010).

The Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme Steering Group held its sixth meeting in December 2010. This was followed by a Workshop jointly organised by the OECD and Eurostat. The Workshop focused on two categories of entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities.

In addition to the Steering Group, the Secretariat has developed an EIP Network so that additional countries and organisations may remain abreast of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme work and participate on an ad hoc basis.

The EIP was presented in several official internal meetings and in Workshops and Conferences held outside the Organisation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania

Databases

SDBS - Business Demography Indicators
SDBS - Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2011 include:

• The extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;
• The development of additional indicators of entrepreneurial performance;
• The publication of the first issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in March 2011.

Data collection:

Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.

Foreign Affiliates in Services

Purpose

To give detailed data on the role played by multinationals in the services sectors of the OECD countries, which concerns inward and outward foreign direct investment.

Objectives and outputs

The database on Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services covers the following variables: number of enterprises, turnover, value added, employment, personnel costs, investments, exports and imports, R&D expenditure and R&D personnel, for inward and outward activities of multinational firms. Data on the activity of parent companies are also requested.

Databases

Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services Database (FATS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

This database is going to be merged with the AFA database in a new AMNE database.

The 2010 questionnaire already includes these changes.

The cooperation with EUROSTAT should also become more important in 2011 going towards same definitions and questionnaires, except for the survey on parent companies.

Micro-data on enterprises

Purpose

To develop a large scale database of firm-level information, comparable across countries and industries. The database will contain a broad range of firm-level data, including employment, sales, labour costs, assets, etc., as well as information on the capital structure of firms.

This micro-database aims to complement existing OECD databases on industry and services (SBS, STAN, etc.).

Objectives and outputs

The micro-database is built on the ORBIS database of Bureau Van Dijk covering around 65 million companies across different industries and countries over several years. This database collects information on a broad range of financial and industrial information at the firm-level.

Given that the structure of the original database is not meant to serve research purposes, data is being extracted in a format suitable for analytical work. In addition, a thorough process of data cleaning and double checking is being undertaken to guarantee/increase the quality of the data.

In order to assess the coverage of the original database across industries and countries, existing databases will be used to assess the representativeness of the data.

The database is designed to support the analytical activities of different OECD directorates.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Europe, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

ORBIS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Update of the OECD Orbis database with a new architecture of the database, covering additional company and financial information, and as well ownership data with high quality.

• Analysis of the representativeness of ORBIS data compared to official micro-data available.

• Identification of multinationals and business groups.

• Intra-firm trade estimates.

Data collection:

More comparable information is expected on business demography and Entrepreneurship statistics, especially on the basis of the new Eurostat-OECD manual on Business Demography Statistics.

Production and Sales Indicators

Purpose

To provide short-term economic indicators of production, sales, orders, work started and in progress and stocks for OECD member countries and selected large emerging non-member economies.

Objectives and outputs

All the subjects under the Production and sales are classified under the following six top headings: Production, Sales, Orders, Work started, Work in progress, Stocks. Within each heading, indicators are further classified according to economic activities.

A review of core indicators took place in 2010, with an aim of streamlining the area, and prepare for a less co-ordinated operation between subjects within the MEI database and publications.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_REAL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No changes expected.

International Coordination of Services Statistics

Purpose

Given the wide variety of activities carried out by national and international organisations related to service statistics, to improve coordination of international development work on services statistics and facilitate a strategic view of priority needs. To provide an overview of these activities and facilitate communication between international expert groups involved. To identify overlaps, links and gaps in international work on methodological issues and data collection.

Objectives and outputs

Provide a report to the UN Statistics Commission (UNSC) on coordination of services statistics, with proposals on strategy, as requested by UNSC.
Facilitate coordination on service statistics by providing central information point on services statistics developments, gathering information from active groups, and create and maintain web pages on international developments in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Hong Kong, India, Other, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Delivery of services strategy and coordination report to UNSC 2010, with follow up as requested by UNSC. Development of OECD web pages on coordination of services statistics. Continue coordination work and monitoring developments according to guidance from UNSC 2010, Continue to chair and coordinate the work of the Task Force on Statistics on International Trade in Services (TFSITS).

Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.

Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.

New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

Training and skills development in SMEs

Purpose

Collection of data through surveys of SMEs in Canada, Turkey, Poland, Belgium, UK and New Zealand.

Objectives and outputs

Survey has more than 700 responses so far from Poland, UK, Belgium, New Zealand and Turkey. Survey to be finalised with inputs from Canada and Turkey and Belgium by March 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data on microfirms (less than 10 employees) and about formal and informal training.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
4.3 Data sources (OECD)
2.4.1 Agriculture, forestry, fisheries (OECD)
OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook

Purpose

To provide an annual update of statistical information and projections by country for OECD members, the OECD area, selected non-member countries, other developing and least developed countries and regional and world aggregates, of supply and use balances for cereals, oilseeds, biofuels, sugar, meats and dairy products up to 2020.

Objectives and outputs

To maintain a database with detailed supply and use information for most temperate zone agricultural commodities. The tables provide detailed information for production, consumption, trade, stocks and prices in OECD countries and a large number of other countries including China, Argentina, Brazil, India, South Africa, Russia and other CIS independent states and many smaller countries and regions in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Most series cover the period from 1970 to the most current year and include updated annual projections for up to ten years in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

South Africa

Databases

The Agricultural Commodities Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main change in 2011 is a full review of the parameters, coefficients and equations in several of the key country modules of the Aglink-Cosimo model used to generate long term projections.

Producer and Consumer Support Estimates in OECD Countries and selected economies

Purpose

To collect, process, evaluate and publish data on support to agriculture in OECD countries. The activity also provides staff with a database for various research and analysis activities of the Directorate. This is a joint activity between the "Agricultural Policies and Environment", the "Development" and the "Policies and Trade in Agriculture" Divisions of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate.

Objectives and outputs

To update the Producer and Consumer Support Estimate annual database and to calculate the various indicators of support to agriculture. The data are used to evaluate agricultural and other policies in OECD countries, mainly in the annual Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries Report, which is reviewed and approved by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets.

The data collected and the method used to calculate the indicators of support are reviewed both internally, and externally by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets, on an annual basis. These review processes improve the data quality as well as the methodology used in the calculations.

In this context, a new classification of the component parts of the support estimates was implemented from the 2007 Agricultural Policies in OECD countries Monitoring and Evaluation report. The database was extended to cover the new member countries in 2009 and 2010. A user friendly tool is being developed on the website for greater availability of the quantitative and analytical information to the public.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The 2011 report will integrate the former OECD countries report and the Emerging economies report in one single publication.

The major changes consist in the addition of new member countries as well as the integration in the 2011 report of selected non-member economies.
A new tool is being designed on the web site for improved dissemination of statistical information.

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries - 2011

Purpose

To collect and present data for the publication Review of Fisheries. To provide staff, and other potential users, with a database for research and analysis purposes. The latter applies to the Policy Reviews as well as other activities of the Division. To provide other Directorates with data on fisheries resources.

Objectives and outputs

The principal purpose is to collect and make available data on a consistent basis among member countries (and observers) of statistics relevant to fisheries i.e. landings (harvest) and processing, fleet, fishers, employment, trade (via the ITS database), aquaculture and government financial transfers. The data are used nationally, principally for reporting purposes and internationally (e.g. OECD), for analytical purposes. Data also serve as reference for other international organisations and as a means for cross-checking and reconciling information from national sources.

Questionnaires and tables are sent (annually) to national correspondents following discussion and approval by the Committee for Fisheries. Data are collected and disseminated in the Review of Fisheries Statistics. Data published are also accessible via the public fisheries web site and more recent series through the Committee Web Site. At the international level co-ordination takes place among agencies involved in fisheries statistical programmes through the Co-ordinated Working Party (CWP) on Fisheries Statistics. The OECD is in close co-operation with the FAO and EUROSTAT in the collection of fisheries data. This is done, inter alia, with a view to avoid overlapping activities.

The data collected (and the procedures) are reviewed by the Committee for Fisheries on an annual basis. Internationally, improvements are carried out through the CWP.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Thailand

Databases

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued improvements in metadata and comparison possibilities across member countries. The Government Financial Transfer (GFT) data are now included in the database. Data are now available to the public via the fisheries web site. Chinese Taipei and Thailand have been included since 2006. A major overhaul of the database took place in 2005.2.4.3 Mining, manufacturing, construction (OECD)
Steel

Purpose

To meet the mandate of the OECD Steel Committee and provide the statistical background needed for policy discussions in the Committee. Statistics are also produced for two publications, one on the iron and steel market and the other on steelmaking capacity in non-OECD economies.

Objectives and outputs

To provide participants of the Steel Committee with a broad range of information on the world steel industry and related raw material markets in order to enhance transparency and facilitate discussion by member and non-member economies on challenging policy issues facing the industry. More specifically, the statistical work includes gathering data on steel supply (capacity, production), demand, prices, trade, employment, and trade policy measures, in addition to market data on raw materials used in steelmaking (iron ore, coal, coke, ferrous scrap, and ferroalloys).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Egypt, India, Malaysia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The statistical work carried out to support the efforts of the OECD Steel Committee will be enhanced through cooperation with steel statistical providers from around the world.2.4.4 Transport (OECD)
Annual Transport Statistics

Purpose

To provide annual transport information presenting disaggregated statistical data in the transport sector.

Objectives and outputs

Data are collected in a harmonised way to facilitate comparisons between modes of transport and between countries by means of the Common Questionnaire developed jointly between three international organisations: Eurostat, ITF and UNECE.

Data cover topics such as investment, infrastructure, rolling stock, human resources, traffic and energy consumption for different inland transport modes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan

Databases

Transport Statistics - Common Questionnaire

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

ITF is developing a corporate database to integrate the information collected by means of the Common Questionnaire. The corporate database is planned to be ready towards the end of 2011.

Data collection:

Upgraded version of the WEB questionnaire

International Database of Taxes and Changes for Road Freight Transport

Purpose

To provide indicators for efficiency and impact on competition of taxes and charges for transport in order to allow international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The final report provides a framework for international comparisons and discusses the economic principles for efficient systems of taxation. It provides a basis for addressing the questions "what is the right level for transport taxes" and "what kinds of charges should be used".

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Investment in Transport Infrastructure

Purpose

To provide an annual update of statistical information on transport infrastructure investment, for all ITF countries, on total gross investment and maintenance expenditure.

Objectives and outputs

After processing the data, quality checks were carried out to select reliable time series to be made available on the web site along with a short analysis of trends.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Databases

Investment in Transport Infrastructure

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data quality was improved by using more appropriated deflators when available.

Quarterly Transport Statistics

Purpose

To provide harmonised information on selected basic quarterly indicators in order to compare the latest inland transport trends between countries.

Objectives and outputs

To publish results every three months on the ITF web site, on a country by country basis with 4-5 months lag maximum (data for the first quarter is collected in June and published in July). Available series cover good transport in T-km, passenger transport in P-Km, road traffic in V-Km, brand new vehicles registration, car fuel consumption, road fatalities, imports and exports at current prices and industrial production.

Country by country data tables are available, as well as graphs showing trends for both individual countries and selected groups of countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Databases

Short-term trends survey

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Starting with the publication of the 2nd quarter of 2009 results, an analytical report based on seasonally adjusted data is published each quarter published with the data on the ITF WEB site.

Information on air and maritime transport are integrated in the analysis to provide a global view on the transport activity.

Transport Sector Trends Analysis

Purpose

To provide a first analysis of both passenger and freight transport trends, as well as road accident trends. A short list of selected indicators are collected for that purpose.

Objectives and outputs

To publish an analysis of the transport situation in different geographical regions. The publication also gives the latest statistics on the situation of the transport market in ITF countries and presents charts which help to show what changes have occurred since 1970.

Because it is published earlier than any other comparable study, this report provides first-hand figures about passenger and freight transport as well as road accidents.

Since 2008 the publication also includes information on investment and maintenance expenses in transport infrastructures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Ukraine

Databases

Trends in the Transport Sector - Leaflet

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The publication covers all transport modes including maritime and air as well as investment and maintenance expenses on transport infrastructures.2.4.5 Tourism (OECD)
Tourism

Purpose

To meet the 2007-2011 Mandate of the Tourism Committee: a) improve the measurement of tourism services in OECD economies by addressing government and industry information needs and promoting the tourism satellite account; b) contribute to the dissemination of data on tourism economics and to a more effective use of such data for business and policy analysis and decision-making processes; and c) work in complementarity with other international organisations.

Objectives and outputs

In 2011, the third edition of "OECD Tourism trends and policies 2012" will be prepared. It will contain augmented statistical data on member and selected non-member countries. These data will be collected by two methods: a questionnaire will be addressed to countries; data extracted from OECD data bases. On the other hand, efforts will be made towards the dissemination of data and analysis on tourism economics at national and local levels. Special efforts will tend to promote the use of Tourism Satellite Account to public and private tourism stakeholders. In 2011, the activity on "Evaluating and Measuring Competitiveness in Tourism" will aim to identify a set of core/key indicators for measuring the overall performance and competitiveness of a country in tourism. it will also include a pilot testing with voluntary countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Tourism2.4.6 Banking, insurance, financial statistics (OECD)
Bank Profitability - Financial Statements of Banks

Purpose

To compile comprehensive statistics based on financial statements and balance sheets of banks in order to analyse the developments in the profitability of the banking sector of OECD countries.

To provide detailed methodological country notes on the institutional and geographical coverage, the degree of consolidation, the structure of the banking system, the various activities of the banks covered, specific information on individual items, the sources of the data.

Objectives and outputs

The database and publication "Bank Profitability" provide statistical and methodological information to assess the changes in the state of health of national banking systems of OECD countries. They include data on the income statements and balance sheets of a number of bank groupings as well as on the structure of the national financial systems. The statistics relate to all institutions which conduct ordinary banking business, i.e. institutions which primarily take deposits from the public at large and provide finance for a wide range of purposes.

Banking indicators calculated on the basis of the primary data are also provided.

The database has been updated up to 2009 for all countries which were able to provide these data, which is a great improvement in timeliness.

Methodological notes complementing the data have been revised.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Bank Profitability - Financial Statements of Banks

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Without new resources allocated to the Financial Statistics team, the management of Bank Profitability is suspended in 2011.

Fast-track data collection from largest pension funds worldwide

Purpose

The main goal of this exercise is to help policymakers gain a better understanding of investment strategies and risk management conducted by some of the world's leading pension funds. Further, the study will attempt to explain the extent to which differences in liability structures and country-specific regulation explain differences in the management style of funds.

Objectives and outputs

The questionnaire intends to collect quantitative and detailed qualitative information on investment rate of return, asset allocation, derivatives and operating costs.

2010, 6 pension funds in Denmark, Italy and the Netherlands participated in the study.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Coordination by pension funds' regulators will be encouraged to increase sample size and geographical coverage.

Feasibility study of estimating coverage, contributions and benefits from privately managed pensions

Purpose

The main goal of this research is to assess publicly available data sources and to examine ways and means to make better use of available administrative data and micro datasets at national and international levels in order to be able to estimate levels of private pension coverage, contributions and benefits.

Objectives and outputs

This research consists of:

• Identifying and comparing publicly available administrative, survey or micro datasets in all EU Member states and selected non-EU OECD countries from which it could be envisaged to calculate or estimate the selected list of indicators (i.e., pertaining to coverage, contributions and benefits by socio-economic status);
• Identifying the variables that exist in those datasets that allow calculation or estimation of selected indicators and examining the level of disaggregation of the information on private pension plans and possible variations in definition, timeliness and scope;
• Examining existing exercises to reconcile macro and micro data;
• Identifying possible methodological limitations that could jeopardise data quality;
• Developing further contacts with the relevant international and national entities (e.g. Eurostat, National Statistical Offices, etc.) in order to facilitate data acquisition and quality checks;
• Producing the selected indicators for 4 selected countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania,

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2010, the research mainly focused on identifying and comparing publicly available administrative, survey or micro datasets in all EU Member states and selected non-EU OECD countries from which it could be envisaged to calculate or estimate the selected list of indicators. In 2011 (January-June), the study will mainly consist of producing the selected indicators for four countries and examining existing exercises to reconcile macro and micro data.

In an extension of the project, the selected indicators will be produced for four additional countries (January-December).

Monitoring of Insurance Markets: Global Insurance Statistics

Purpose

The recent financial market turmoil and rapid changes in financial markets and financial systems are creating new challenges for financial statistics. The increased complexity and potential opacity of financial sector operations resulting from globalisation and rapid innovation call for further transparency, better and more comprehensive data, and an enhanced capacity to analyse this data.

With a view to contributing to the development of macro-overview of the insurance market, the current standard questionnaire allows to collect key aggregate statistics relating to premium volume, balance sheet and income statement items (e.g., total assets, shareholder equity, technical provisions, net income), and portfolio investments.

Objectives and outputs

In the new framework of insurance statistics, the questionnaire is divided into two parts. The first part includes data on premium and key variables pertaining to the financial strength and profitability of the insurance sector. Data for this first part are collected during the first half of the year.

The second part includes more detailed information on premiums, claims, commissions and expenses, as well as information on reinsurers. Data for this second part are collected during the second half of the year.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Hong Kong, Malaysia, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

Insurance

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the success of the 2010 data collection exercise, the IPPC has decided to pursue its implementation on an ongoing basis.

Further improvements foreseen within the framework of this project will include:

• Accelerating the collection of statistics to enhance timeliness;
• Expanding the current compact set of core statistics and indicators to include additional indicators;
• Organisation of a Global Seminar on Insurance Statistics in Asia. The participation of selected additional countries in the regions will be sought at this occasion;
• Seeking greater synergy between existing OECD insurance and pension statistical activities;
• To provide economic globalisation indicators of insurance statistics to analyse and measure the market share of foreign companies in the global market;
• To develop further relationship with accession countries to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the insurance statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Pension Monitoring

Purpose

In order to ensure that pension reforms are both financially and socially sustainable, it is essential to monitor the outcomes of changes in pension system parameters and rules. The activity uses a microeconomic approach which is particularly suitable for international comparison of pension policies. Prospective individual benefit entitlements from mandatory pension arrangements are modelled for full-career workers at different earnings levels. The framework uses the same economic assumptions for all countries and thereby abstracts from non-pension factors, which often distort international comparisons of pension systems.

Objectives and outputs

To monitor pension systems and pension policies in OECD countries, to collect, up-date and analyse information on pension system rules and parameters and to model prospective pension entitlements for standard retirement, early retirement and interrupted careers. The output of this activity is published in regularly updated reports.

The fourth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in early 2011. The report includes updates of the models with 2008 parameters, including special chapters covering pension ages, life expectancy, incentives to retire and older workers.

In 2010:

- Key data were disseminated in OECD.Stat via http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=ELSPENSIONS
- An on-line Pension calculator was updated, via http://www.oecd.org/document/12/0,3343,en_2649_34757_43024076_1_1_1_1,00.html
- Most indicators related to pensions are available on-line in MS-Excel format via www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG

The fifth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in 2012. The report will include updates of the models with 2010 parameters.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Pension monitoring database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The range of countries covered under the Pensions at a Glance umbrella is constantly expanding with an update for PaG Asia due in early 2011 and work will commence on the LAC region with provisional results being available mid/late 2011. Further areas of analysis will concentrate on periods of career absence because of unemployment.

Data management:

The number of indicators covered in the data will be increased leading to the creation of a pensions database.

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Fast-track data collection

Purpose

The collection of key infra-annual statistical information is meant to improve the timeliness of the release of the OECD funded pension statistics to the public and to other international organisations.

Objectives and outputs

The fast-track data collection allows to collect recent statistical data on the pension fund sector. Only key variables are collected, such as total assets, investment rates of return and funding/solvency levels for DB pension plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bulgaria, Colombia, Hong Kong, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Other, Romania, Thailand, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Together with the collection of statistical data, the fast-track questionnaire will include qualitative questions about the recent trends in the pension funds' sector, the calculation methodology for the regulatory funding ratios and the calculation methodology for the net investment income.

Data collection:

In 2011, countries will be invited to join qualitative information to the data, related to the recent trends in the pension funds' sector and to methodological issues.

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Public Pension Reserve Funds

Purpose

Funding is growing in what have been traditionally exclusively PAYG-financed, social security systems. Funding in these systems takes the form of reserve funds, which in most cases are institutions with their own governing board and look like pension funds in many aspects.

The main goal of the statistical exercise on Public Pension Reserve Funds is to collect in-depth and comparable information on these funds, with a focus on assets, asset allocation, and performance.

Objectives and outputs

Since 2003, the OECD collects statistical information on Public Pension Reserve Funds. Between 2003 and 2008, data were collected through information publicly available on the internet. Since 2009, a statistical questionnaire has been developed and allows to collect more in-depth and comparable information on Public Pension Reserve Funds, which is released on a yearly basis in the newsletter Pension Markets in Focus.

Overview of private pension systems (methodological survey)

Purpose

The yearly review of funded pension system at national level intends to provide a benchmarking tool to develop further the understanding of pension systems and their compliance with the OECD classification for funded pension plans and funds. It also provides information related to the statistical data coverage of the OECD Global Pension Statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This annual survey provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of funded pension statistics. The survey, based on a standard template, allows the compilation of comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and some non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in funded pension statistics. The survey also allows the monitoring of methodological improvements over time and provides valuable information on the compliance of systems with the OECD Classification of funded pension plans and funds.

Further reading: OECD (2005), Private Pensions: OECD Classification and Glossary, OECD, Paris.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Brazil, Bulgaria, Colombia, Costa Rica, Hong Kong, Macedonia, Other, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Financial Indicators

Purpose

To capture in quantitative terms an important but heterogeneous and fast evolving area in globalisation of the financial markets and increased sophistication of the actors and activities in these markets.

Objectives and outputs

The Financial Indicators dataset contains financial statistics on six separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates, Reserve Assets, International Trade, and Share Prices. In all cases considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series' data to aid with analysis.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_FIN

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

None expected.4.5 Dissemination, data warehousing (OECD)
Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.
Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.
New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

OECD Statistical DataWarehouse (OECD.Stat)

Purpose

OECD.Stat is the core element of the OECD Statistical Information System as it is the central repository and retrieval tool for the Organisation's statistical information resources. OECD.Stat is designed to contain the validated datasets to be shared and/or published, a special dataset for "Reference Series", all the statistical metadata associated with these datasets, and the glossary of statistical terms.

Objectives and outputs

OECD.Stat consists of a closed data warehouse with its standard entry and exit gates and a user front end (web browser). OECD.Stat is the basis of the new corporate tools for the statistical publications and electronic dissemination.

The main objectives and benefits for statisticians are: improved efficiency of statistical processes; improved quality, timeliness, visibility and accessibility of OECD's statistical resources; harmonisation effect of statistical classifications etc.; new and easier horizontal data products such as "Statistical Yearbook" and "OECD in Figures"; simplified and harmonised user access right management.

The data warehouse is physically independent from production systems and permits an easier management of connections from production databases (when new database versions or platforms), avoiding multiple interlinks between different production platforms.

Main objectives and benefits for analysts are: fast and user-friendly tools for locating and retrieving verified statistical data and metadata; availability of Reference Series and joint display of data from different OECD sources; easier interpretability of data; easier gathering of data to support horizontal projects; pre-defined executive reports; accessibility in-house and on the Internet without additional installations.

Today, about 95% of the OECD datasets are loaded into the OECD.Stat Data warehouse.

Respecting well-defined access right limitations, the data is available to specific users and groups within the OECD, to all OECD Staff, to member countries government staff via the OLISnet service, to the general public on the Internet, to specific public MyOECD users and to registered customers via the iLibrary commercial channel (including specific formats like Branded Views).

The OECD.Stat datawarehouse can also be accessed via the OECD analytical software (FAME, SAS, Stata, SPSS, Eviews) and includes a utility for an automated publishing of data in PC-Axis format for the OECD commercial service (iLibrary) as well as SDMX formats.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Many other international organisations, Central banks and National Statistical Offices are investigating sharing the system. This needs a significant support activity.
Main focus this year will be on consolidation and upgrade of software platform (Windows Server 2008 R2), a new embargo feature, a snapshot feature, revised SDMX metadata output, a new display of unit information, and new data visualisation tools, like dynamic maps.

Publishing from the Statistical Information System

Purpose

To provide a publishing environment for the production of statistical publications and create new statistics dissemination services in the framework of the OECD Statistical Information System. The services include publishing complete databases, ready-made key tables and facts and figures indicators with dynamic graphs and commentary. The publishing environment comprises an authoring tool where the table is defined by the authors, and a formatting engine where the data are extracted from OECD.Stat and formatted for multiple outputs such as paper, PDF, Excel and HTML. The environment improves the efficiency of the publishing process and the quality of final publications in print and electronic format.

Objectives and outputs

Produce publications through the new process from databases available in the central database OECD.Stat. Continue to develop new procedures to take into account specificities of these new publications. Create new services to disseminate statistics using data from OECD.Stat. In 2010, improvements in the OECD.Stat browser were made available on the OECD iLibrary which replaced SourceOECD. The complete databases were made available to users via an enhanced OECD.Stat browser on the OECD iLibrary platform. Key tables and facts and figures were published. Complete databases were published offline using a new centralised process to disseminate from OECD.Stat. Statistical editors worked with directorates to review and improve the quality of the data and metadata being disseminated from the central data warehouse. Regarding statistical publications, the new publishing environment was used in 2010 to publish updates of publications already produced out of OECD.Stat in 2009 and to apply the new procedures to a number of additional statistical publications. The new publishing environment was communicated to authors.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, improvements in the OECD.Stat browser will be made available on the OECD iLibrary. Regarding statistical publications, the publishing environment will be used in 2011 to publish updates of publications already produced out of OECD.Stat in 2010 and to apply the new procedures to a number of additional statistical publications. In 2011, 14 STD print statistical publications will be produced using the publishing authoring tool and will transition to online table collections available in Excel, PDF and Web and print on demand. Further objectives of 2011 aim to continue to communicate the new publishing environment to authors.4.6 Statistical confidentiality and disclosure protection (OECD)
Pension Monitoring

Purpose

In order to ensure that pension reforms are both financially and socially sustainable, it is essential to monitor the outcomes of changes in pension system parameters and rules. The activity uses a microeconomic approach which is particularly suitable for international comparison of pension policies. Prospective individual benefit entitlements from mandatory pension arrangements are modelled for full-career workers at different earnings levels. The framework uses the same economic assumptions for all countries and thereby abstracts from non-pension factors, which often distort international comparisons of pension systems.

Objectives and outputs

To monitor pension systems and pension policies in OECD countries, to collect, up-date and analyse information on pension system rules and parameters and to model prospective pension entitlements for standard retirement, early retirement and interrupted careers. The output of this activity is published in regularly updated reports.

The fourth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in early 2011. The report includes updates of the models with 2008 parameters, including special chapters covering pension ages, life expectancy, incentives to retire and older workers.

In 2010:

- Key data were disseminated in OECD.Stat via http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=ELSPENSIONS
- An on-line Pension calculator was updated, via http://www.oecd.org/document/12/0,3343,en_2649_34757_43024076_1_1_1_1,00.html
- Most indicators related to pensions are available on-line in MS-Excel format via www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG

The fifth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in 2012. The report will include updates of the models with 2010 parameters.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Pension monitoring database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The range of countries covered under the Pensions at a Glance umbrella is constantly expanding with an update for PaG Asia due in early 2011 and work will commence on the LAC region with provisional results being available mid/late 2011. Further areas of analysis will concentrate on periods of career absence because of unemployment.

Data management:

The number of indicators covered in the data will be increased leading to the creation of a pensions database.4.7 Data analysis (OECD)
eXplorer web-based interactive charts

Purpose

Provide an online animated and interactive graphical component for advanced data analysis and combines maps and graphs with stories allowing users to examine time developments and interrelations between indicators. A Vizlet version of this interface will be fully integrated with the OECD.Stat web browser allowing users to select the data to analyse (dynamic graphic).

Objectives and outputs

New production versions according to new user requests in different substantive directorates.
Full integration into OECD.Stat.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Finish developments started in 2010:
• Enable SDMX feed from OECD.Stat Web Browser.
• Develop 'light' version of explorer for non-expert users.
• Fully integrate explorer with OECD.Stat Web Browser and WikiProgress
Support and maintain application.

eXplorer web-based visualisation software

Purpose

Promote use of the eXplorer online data visualisation tool. This dynamic graphics package for advanced data analysis and combines maps and graphs with stories allowing users to examine time developments and interrelations between indicators. The interface will be fully integrated with the OECD.Stat web browser allowing users to select the data to analyse.

Objectives and outputs

Complete integration of eXplorer graphical components (maps, bubble charts, histograms, parallel coordinates plotters etc) with OECD.Stat interface. Work with data producers to produce animated data 'stories' for the web.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Deployment of version 4 component based architecture.
Implement Data Flow arrows for Trade and Migration data.


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
Central Government Debt Statistics

Purpose

To provide an analytical tool primarily to government debt managers as well as to financial analysts including policy analysts, security analysts, commercial financial institutions, research analysts, etc. This work is carried out under the auspices of the Working Party on Government Debt Management.

The publication "Central Government Debt - Statistical Yearbook" provides annual statistics on central government debt instruments in the 34 OECD countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance; it excludes state and local government debt and social security funds. The main focus of the statistics is marketable debt instruments as well as duration and average term to maturity of domestic, foreign and total debt.

In addition, the publication provides individual country notes including methodological information such as a description of debt instruments and selling techniques in each country.

Objectives and outputs

In the 2011 edition of the statistical yearbook, 3 new OECD Member countries will be added: Estonia, Israel and Slovenia.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Databases

Central Government Debt Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collection and publication of 2010 data.

Data collection:

2010 data and more historical data for the recent OECD Member countries (Chile, Estonia, Israel, Slovenia).

Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government

Purpose

To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on fiscal equalisation, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance.

Objectives and outputs

Collection of two datasets:

• Indicators of tax autonomy of sub-central governments

• Indicators of the composition of intergovernmental grants

Databases

Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

More data will be available on OECD.stat

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Global Pension Statistics

Purpose

Launched in 2002 this exercise provides a unique source of comparable statistics and indicators of funded pension plan systems from an international perspective and also facilitates cross-country comparisons of the most up-to-date statistics and indicators on key aspects of funded retirement systems across OECD and non-OECD countries. It aims to provide information about the main trends and features of funded pension plan systems in a clear and concise format.

Objectives and outputs

It aims to provide in a compact manner a comparative overview of the importance and structure of private and funded pension systems across OECD and non-OECD countries using a selected set of statistics and indicators, compiled on an on-going basis together with its companion product dedicated to the description and assessment of countries' statistical methodology following the OECD Classification on pension plans and pension funds.

Access to OECD private pension statistics has been enhanced through the dissemination of additional data and selected indicators through the OECD Web statistical portal (OECD.stat). This should be further enriched with the inclusion of country profiles providing key indicators on a country per country basis. As far as paper publications are concerned, the newsletter "Pension Markets in Focus" was released in July 2010. Contributions to other OECD publications (e.g. 'OECD in figures', 'OECD Factbook') will continue in 2011 as well as approximately sixty country profiles generated for the IOPS Web site on a yearly basis. In addition, 2 OECD flagship publications will be published in 2011 including private pension statistics: the 'OECD Pensions at a Glance 2011' and the 'OECD Pensions Outlook 2012'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Croatia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Peru, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Ukraine

Databases

OECD Global Pension Statistics
Pension indicators

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

With respect to quality improvements, the work in 2011 will focus on methodological issues such as valuation methods for assets and liabilities, review of definitions within the statistical questionnaire and methodology for the calculation of funding ratios.

The geographical scope should be extended to non-member countries, and in particular OECD Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries as well as remaining G20 countries not in the GPS framework yet.

Relationship with accession countries will be developed further to review methodological aspects and general issues relating to the private pension statistics' framework and further improve data quality.

Data collection:

In order to better reflect national systems, possible adjustments to the OECD Classification may be included in the OECD statistical questionnaire to further refine definition of pension plan types: occupational vs. personal, DB vs. DC, mandatory vs. voluntary, as well as pension funds vs. pension insurance contracts.

There are variables, to which special attention will be given in order to improve granularity for analytical purposes. This will be the case for selected variables such as foreign investments, operating costs, contributions, and benefits.

Data management:

Additional variables should be collected related to foreign investments, operating costs, contributions and benefits.

Revenue Statistics

Purpose

To provide data on tax revenues in OECD countries. These data are widely used within and outside the OECD to analyse tax policy developments in OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Revenue Statistics" publication provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. It presents a set of detailed, internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards.

Special features dealing with specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

Revenue Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data collection from Estonia for the first time.
Re-drafting the commentary on the latest figures

Tax Rates

Purpose

To provide information on tax rates in OECD countries. The taxes covered are personal and corporate income taxes, social security contributions and value added tax. The data are used to analyse tax rate trends and their policy implications.

Objectives and outputs

Data tables showing, for each of the main taxes, the rate and its method of application in each country are disseminated on the OECD website.

Databases

OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Taxing Wages

Purpose

To provide annual data for OECD countries on the personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers.

Objectives and outputs

The annual "Taxing Wages" publication details the tax/benefit position of employees, covering personal income tax and social security contributions paid by employees and their employers, and universal cash benefits received by family units. Taxes and benefits are detailed for eight family-types, which differ by income level and household composition. The report also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates.

Databases

Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2011

No major changes.

Management in Government

Purpose

To collect comparable data and indicators of good government and efficient public services, and to provide robust empirics with which to assess the impact of public management reforms and progress made in their implementation.

Objectives and outputs

The second edition of "Government at a Glance" will be released in 2011. It will include measures of both the market and non-market activities of government and government-owned enterprises. In addition it will also measure other activities which are undertaken outside of general government but which are wholly or partly funded by government. Data are based on general government labour statistics and on detailed information from general government national accounts (investments, public corporations, supply and use tables) and information collected by GOV surveys on governance and public output processes and their results. The second publication will include six categories of variables: revenues; inputs; public sector processes; and antecedents or constraints that contextualize government performance and will also add output and outcome measures for the "whole of government", for selected policy sectors and for the machinery of government.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The main priorities are developing new indicators for the second edition of Government at a Glance and the development of a strategy in the long run for new data collection, including more measures about the quality of public sector processes and selected output and outcome measures.

Benefits and Wages

Purpose

Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, an online "tax-benefit calculator" has now been made available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and will be maintained and updated in the future.

Objectives and outputs

The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage was recently extended to include Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia, and, as part of a grant agreement with the European Commission, the new EU Members States who are not currently members of the OECD: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta and Romania. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia. Finally, ad-hoc models were developed jointly with the World Bank for a number of south-eastern European countries: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), Serbia.

An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models has been developed ("tax-benefit calculator") and is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. It will be maintained and updated in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Improved modelling of child-related policies, including transfers available to parents of very young children (e.g. maternity benefits). Improved modelling of the gender dimension of social policies (e.g. by collecting better earnings data for men and women).

Data collection:

Include Bulgaria, Romania, Chile, Israel, Russia


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Purpose

Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Implement the new typology of aid.

Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases

Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2011

Data collection:

Test data collection in new format, merging CRS and DAC systems.

Data management:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Database on Country Programmable Aid (CPA database)

Purpose

Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA - official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients. To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey of Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the annual Report on Division of Labour and global fragmentation.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA and make sectoral CPA data available online via OECD.STAT and QWIDS.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries

Purpose

The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.
Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Continued reform of DAC statistics, through implementation of new classification of aid, further work on improving access to data, possible sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

A new work stream on non-ODA flows will be integrated into STAT in early 2011. For the first time, a dedicated unit (2 officials) will closely examine types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work), STAT will consider preparing a report for the DAC in Q4 2011.

Data collection:

Implementation of the new typology of aid.

Balance of Payments

Purpose

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Balance of Payments
MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The BOP database needs a full review and an investigation into how best to implement BPM6. This can only be done with additional resources.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment

Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

• Following the Council recommendation of 2008:
  i) to continue work on Research Agenda;
  ii) To promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;
• To promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Establishing a clear communications policy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;
• Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.
• Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

FDI statistics -Review of OECD accession candidate countries

Purpose

To review the position of the OECD accession candidate country vis-a-vis the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition and related reporting requirements as set out in the OECD Accession Roadmap.

Objectives and outputs

Contribution to Investment Committee's examination of the willingness and the ability of the accession candidate country to assume the obligations of OECD membership in its field of competence.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics

Purpose

To compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on inward and outward FDI flows and positions to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire based on the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment and the IMF Balance of Payments Manual). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries.

Statistics are also included regularly or as required for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc. Data and analysis are mainly published annually in two distinct publications: OECD International Direct Investment Yearbook and International Investment Perspectives. Data are also provided on OECD.Stat for wider usage by OECD analysts.

For most recent trends, timely aggregate quarterly FDI statistics are compiled and disseminated on OECD website:http://www.oecd.org/document/8/0,3343,en_2649_33763_40930184_1_1_1_1,00.html

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will be upgraded to include the revised methodological recommendations included in the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment. This upgrading will allow including data according to BMD4 which countries may report in 2010 for the reference year 2009.

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

International Trade Indicators

Purpose

To measure globalisation in the context of international trade, for the levels of total trade (goods and services), trade of goods and trade of services. Some of the indicators refer to aggregated levels while other ones differentiate according to types of commodities traded, to types of services delivered or to types of economic activities involved.

Objectives and outputs

Extension of the indicators present in the database.
Update of existing indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension of a number of indicators in response to identified, globalisation-related statistical needs.

Improvement of timeliness of data updates, extension of FAME-based calculation and updating procedures to more indicators.

Trade by enterprise characteristics

Purpose

To measure, on the one hand, the contribution of real economic sectors to trading, and on the other hand, to complement business data with detailed information on trade, which is traditionally not part of business statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Under guidance of the Business Economic Statistics and Trade (BEST) Steering Group, a first OECD Linkage Table, which is based on Eurostat's Standardisation Document Rev. 2, was sent out to participating Non-EU-OECD member countries. Up to now, OECD has received data collection tables from Canada, , Norway and the United States. In addition, Eurostat provided OECD with the respective (published) data tables of several EU member states for reference years 2005-7. After reclassification of the Eurostat data to OECD standards (ISIC and CPC classifications, USD currency and OECD geo-nomenclature), these were integrated to the Trade by enterprise characteristics (TEC) database of the OECD, available in the globalisation cube of OECD.Stat.

Databases

Trade by Enterprise Characteristics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the data collection will include more recent reference years and more countries, in co-operation with Eurostat.

The Handbook on Trade Microdata is expected to be completed early in 2011 and submitted to the BEST Steering Group. The next BEST Steering Group meeting will be the crucial point to fix the next steps for the continuation and expansion of this database.

International Trade in Goods

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. A successful completion of the first phase (data collection and transmission to UNSD) of this initiative has already resulted in a reduction of the response burden for member countries and has led in 2006 to identical trade figures published by both the UN and the OECD (processed data). The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues. The 2010 ITS expert meeting attracted 130 participants.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics
Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, data quality and timeliness of processed data should be further improved as it is planned to implement "data capture" checks in order to facilitate the upload of data into ITCS.

ITCS in OECD.Stat has continued stabilizing in 2010 and efficiency results have been gained thanks to the new server and new architecture of ITCS on OECD.stat which resulted in better performances and better timeliness (through the implementation of a direct link between ITCS and OECD.stat).

The team will continue working on files data and metadata files received in the context of the accession of the new members to the OECD. Upload of data files into the database will be dealt with in the context of all the other priorities.

The team will be involved on the publication of the new Trade and Competitiveness at a Glance.

In the context of the 2011-2012 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be conducted on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services

Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 33 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 31 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services including the finalisation of the paper version of the "The Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services" (MSITS 2010) and its online annexes. Prepare outline of the compilation guidance.

Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)
OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Promote SDMX for exchanging trade in services data.
Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

Implement EBOPS 2010 in StatWorks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards, beginning with Australia.

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.
Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire to will be asked to fill in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format

Intra-firm trade

Purpose

To create a dataset of intra-firm trade among OECD countries for TAD report on "Intra-firm trade".

Objectives and outputs

The project started in 2010 and will continue in 2011. A work-in-progress report has been presented in September 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database will include US data at a more disaggregated level (HS6) and estimates based on firm-level data (ORBIS) will be updated.

Monthly International Trade

Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of Economic Outlook. Online availability of OECD's detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following the recommendations of the WPTGS and the work carried out by the Secretariat, it is planned for 2011 to continue work on implementation of the methodological questionnaire results; advance total trade data submission to MSIT to feed into MEI in a timely manner (after aligning methodologies between MSIT and MEI) and to produce identical, consistent monthly trade aggregate figures in the two publications; expand scope of countries to include the 5 Accession countries with help from additional resources marked to that effect.

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

Purpose

To provide a reliable and accurate regulatory database which can be easily updated for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index.

Objectives and outputs

the STRI Regulatory Database inform on the existence of barriers to trade in services in the countries covered. This information is completed by direct links to the legal sources and comments clarifying the context.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The database has been completely refined and updated during the year.


2.7 Prices (OECD)
Price Indicators

Purpose

To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

Objectives and outputs

The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) publication and database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation, and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

Organisation of Seminars to discuss methodological issues. A manual on real estate prices will be written.

Databases

MEI
MEI_PRICE

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Organise a joint Eurostat-OECD Task Force for the revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.
• Calculate G20 aggregates for CPI
• Improve the dissemination of price indices

Data management:
 • Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

Purchasing Power Parities

Purpose

Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Calculation of final benchmark results for the round 2008
• Organisation of the data collection for the 2011 round which started in 2009 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).
• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed. Participate in the ad-hoc task forces set up by Eurostat to discuss various issues associated with PPPs.
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs (publication of a WP on hospital price levels)

Databases

ANA

Purchasing Power Parities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health (to be implemented in 2012).
• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.
• Participation in a TF to update the Eurostat-OECD PPP manual.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

Purpose

To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

Objectives and outputs

The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)/ Analytical Researchers, Scientists and Engineers (ANRSE)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Country coverage was expanded in 2010, along with improved data processing and checking routines. In 2011, the estimation techniques for missing data in each country will be further reviewed.

Biotechnology

Purpose

To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

Objectives and outputs

Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.
OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Additional countries to be added.

Careers of Doctorate Holders

Purpose

Collect data on the labour market outcome and mobility of doctorate holders

Objectives and outputs

Collect data and update internal database, use data for analysis at the macro level, launch work using micro-data with interested countries, evaluate data collection and revise methodology accordingly

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Russian Federation

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Purpose

To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

Objectives and outputs

This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Main Science and Technology Indicators

Main Developments for 2011

Data management:
MSTI database production system: migration from StatWorks to SAS software (2010-Q4)

Patent Statistics

Purpose

To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

Objectives and outputs

The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

"Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

A matching exercise is currently being performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) was first made available to researchers in October 2009. It is currently being improved and expanded. Preliminary indicators at the firm level were presented and discussed at several meetings.

Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

Regular workshops on patent statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, USPTO, JPO, WIPO and Eurostat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent offices); expand the exercise of harmonising patent applicant's names and matching with firm-level databases, development of further patent indicators (reflecting globalisation, specific technologies); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ENV, GOV) expected in 2011.

Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

Another matching exercise will be conducted in order to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

Objectives and outputs

Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual "R&D Statistics" and the biannual "Main S&T Indicators" publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:
Plan to publish ISIC Rev. 4

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

Purpose

To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

Objectives and outputs

The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database.

The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

Databases

R&D_SM database



5. Strategic and managerial issues of official statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
STAN Database for Industrial Analysis

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Databases

Database for Industrial Analysis (STAN)
OECD STAN Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Inclusion of additional countries in STAN (e.g. ). Preparations for implementation of ISIC Rev. 4. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper.

Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys

Purpose

To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are published in the OECD's monthly Main Economic Indicators (MEI). Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

During the year 2010 the OECD has evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. For 2011 the OECD will start the review of its Business Tendency Surveys handbook last revised in 2003.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The review of the Business Tendency Surveys handbook will start.

Main Economic Indicators

Purpose

The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and for all Enhanced Engagement economies on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A Review of the MEI process will take place in 2011.

Data collection:

On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

Real-time and Revisions Database

Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No major changes.

Composite Leading Indicators

Purpose

To compile and disseminate the OECD composite leading indicators for OECD member countries and for the BRICS NMEs + Indonesia, which help analysts to assess the cyclical phase of the OECD economies and forecast its future development.

To do methodological development work and carry out scientific research in this field.

Objectives and outputs

OECD Composite Leading Indicators (CLI) are published in the monthly Main Economic Indicators publication and in a monthly press release.

The quality of existing CLIs is monitored and enhanced on an on-going basis, including the expansion of country coverage for both OECD member and non-member countries, and the development of new tools in the research software for cyclical analysis and composite indicators.

Main achievements in 2010 were the finalization of a distributable package of the production system (CACISd), setting up the dissemination website in Clearspace, with the goal of reinforcing transparency.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_CLI

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update CLIs for selected OECD member countries.
Introduction of the 4 new OECD member economy CLIs.
Organization of training seminars.

Data collection:

Inclusion of additional series required for the compilation of CLIs for Brazil, China, India, Russian Federation and South Africa and for OECD member as a result of on-going review of CLI component series for each country.

Data management:

Incorporation of more detailed metadata on CLI compilation methodology in MetaStore.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
Annual National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

The paper and electronic publications contain a wide selection of accounts: Main aggregates (GDP by expenditure, GDP by kind of activity, GDP by income and disposable income, saving and net lending), detailed breakdown by kind of activity for gross value added (at current and constant prices), components of value added, and gross fixed capital formation and employment. It also includes final consumption expenditure of households by purpose and simplified accounts for general government. Detailed accounts by institutional sectors are only available on the electronic publications. The publications also give comparative tables based on exchange rates and comparative tables based on purchasing power parities for OECD member countries and for the following groups: OECD, OECD-Europe, Euro Zone and the European Union as well as volume and price indices for GDP aggregates. Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in paper publication, CD-ROM, SourceOECD, OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data from EE countries : Brazil, India, South Africa

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)

Purpose

Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Main changes in content relate to the progressive inclusion of relevant statistics for the Accession and Enhanced Engagement countries over the coming year. New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use.

Data management:

Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

Financial Accounts

Purpose

To provide unique data sets of harmonised data on financial accounts and financial balance sheets of OECD countries, according to SNA 1993, to analysts and policy makers.

Objectives and outputs

This activity mainly focuses on the collection of comparable quantitative and qualitative information on financial transactions carried out and on financial stocks held by institutional sectors of the economy in the OECD member countries.

The main objectives are to improve the quantity and the quality of information on OECD financial accounts (transmission of timely, reliable and consistent data) and to disseminate comparable tables on financial accounts (transactions) and financial balance sheets (stocks).

Accession countries' data have been included in the databases when available.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Financial Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

The most important change will be the new quarterly frequency which will be added for the four SNA-related databases (see below).

In addition, the database on Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets will continue to be improved. All OECD countries are now covered. For some countries however, the sectoral coverage has still to be extended while for some countries, additional datasets (flows or stocks, consolidated or non-consolidated) will continue to be required.

Data for Russia, for the EE5 countries, and for additional G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia) will be requested.

Detailed methodological information relating Financial accounts and Financial balance sheets should be updated and included in MetaStore.

Data collection:

In 2011, data will be collected on a quarterly basis in addition to the current annual frequency. However, EU data will not be published.

Historical data will be added to the database as soon as countries sent them. Data which are still missing for some Member countries will continue to be requested and included in the databases.

Data for Russia will be integrated (if provided) in the OECD databases; depending on resources, data for some non-Member countries (EE5 and G20) will be asked and processed according to their availability.

Moreover, following conclusions of the 2009 and 2010 WPFS meetings, financial indicators based on financial accounts and balance sheets, and on the two other SNA-related database (on Households and Institutional investors) will be calculated and disseminated.

IT developments in the ANA database, which should have been made in 2010, are urgently needed at the very beginning of 2011 to be able to integrate quarterly data.

Data management:

Financial indicators based on these datasets should be calculated and made available in the datasets.

A new database system has been required to ITN to host quarterly data which have been requested from countries: it has to be created at the very beginning of the year to be able to use quarterly financial accounts data.

General Government National Accounts

Purpose

To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

To provide a forum for international exchange on national accounts and public finance standards in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability of major public finance indicators.

Objectives and outputs

The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Russian Federation

Databases

ANA - SNA
Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collect data for EE countries: Brazil, India, South Africa

Handbook on the Measurement of Non-market Services

Purpose

To advance on the volume output measurement for health and education services in the national accounts.

Objectives and outputs

This activity was endorsed by the OECD Committee on Statistics in 2005. The main purpose is the development of a handbook on the topic and advances with the empirical measurement of the volume of health and education services across countries (see also PPP for health and education). The handbook has now been completed and was published in 2010.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Activity completed in 2010.

Household Assets and Liabilities

Purpose

This data collection aims at better knowing the households' behaviour vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 - Households.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

Updating of the database.

Extension of the database to additional countries (accession countries).

Better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

It is expected to further improve the coverage (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (EE5 and G20)

Quarterly data will be collected and used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection:

According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

Input-Output

Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

Objectives and outputs

The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, India, Indonesia, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

Input-Output

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Country coverage to be expanded to include more Asian countries and, if possible, to complete the coverage of G20.

Institutional Investors' assets

Purpose

This data collection integrated in the framework of the SNA cover detailed assets (including a breakdown of resident/non resident data) for a number of institutional investors (more detailed than in the SNA93). Its aim is to have more detailed information on the activities of the institutional investors (not covered by the SNA) in OECD Member countries.

An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

The database has been updated up to 2009, including new OECD countries and Russia.

Improvements in the coverage of the database have been achieved.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Institutional Investors' assets

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Update and improvement of the coverage.
According to decisions taken at the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected when available and used to calculate indicators.

Data collection:

Improved coverage of the database.
According to conclusions of the 2010 WPFS meeting, quarterly data will be collected.

Data management:

The methodological information currently available in WORD documents might be stored in MetaStore using links to these documents, when resources permit.

National Accounts for Non-member Economies

Purpose

To cooperate with non-member countries not included in the Quarterly National Accounts database and incorporate these countries into the standard OECD MEI data collection and dissemination program.

Objectives and outputs

Provide users with non-member national accounts data.
Non-member countries involved in the activity:
China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

National accounts and prices for non-member countries

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

To remove these countries once they are incorporated into the QNA database.

Productivity/Capital Services

Purpose

Four OECD Directorates have co-operated to produce a data set for productivity measures, a widely-used indicator of economic performance. The purpose of this activity is to bring together, in one place, the results of this work and make available various productivity measures as well as relevant methodological information such as the OECD Manual on Measuring Capital. The series on capital services, multi-factor productivity (MFP) and GDP per hour worked are a standard input into the Economic Department's estimate of potential output.

Objectives and outputs

Labour productivity indices for 30 countries and a set of capital services and multi-factor productivity measures for 20 countries are regularly updated and are available on OECD.Stat. Recent methodological developments concerned both the development of multi-factor productivity estimates by industry in the OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database and research on total economy productivity measures.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

International organisation

Databases

Productivity/capital services database

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011, the database will continue to be updated regularly with the aim to increase the number of available countries, and MFP by industry statistics related to the development of OECD STAN STructural ANalysis Database will be released. Methodological developments will concern both productivity indicators at the total economy level and MFP estimates by industry.

Quarterly National Accounts

Purpose

1. To provide a real time update of member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

2. To provide external users a selection of key time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of volume data and indices for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on SNA 1993/ESA 1995. It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible, a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries covering accounts at the level of the overall economy and some institutional sectors accounts.

Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts for member countries and a few non-member economies.

The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Brazilian data have been loaded to the QNA database in 2010.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

Increase geographical coverage of the QNA database by including Enhanced Engagement (EE) countries (India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) and possibly remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries through Eurostat. Study the possibility to collect non-EU QSA depending on data availability.

Data collection:

Extension of the statistical content (new accounts, new sets of chained volume estimates, new seasonally adjusted series) and the time coverage (historical series) to take account of the development of QNA made in countries.

Extension of the country coverage (new Member countries and EE countries).

Encourage non-EU countries to provide QNA data in SDMX format.

Sending of a standard questionnaire to non-EU countries for quarterly sector accounts data collection.

Data management:

Change of the OECD reference year to 2005.

Update of the composition of OECD groups based on new Members.

Human Capital Accounts

Purpose

To develop an agreed methodology for producing numerical estimates of Human Capital for the purposes of international and inter-temporal comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

The project was endorsed by CSTAT in June and started in October 2009. An OECD database has been set up with all essential information needed to measure human capital for each participating country (16 OECD member and 2 non-member countries). The preliminary estimation results have shown the feasibility of measuring human capital for comparative analyses, based on common methodology and assumptions, and even by using categorical data.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Romania, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

A working paper that summarises the outcomes of the first phase of the project will be released in early 2011. In addition, efforts will be put on improving estimates and extending country coverage if possible. Work on constructing an accumulation account that explains the changes in human capital is also envisaged.

Measuring disparities in a National Accounts framework

Purpose

This activity aims to integrate information on distribution in the household national accounts. The Expert Group gathering micro and macro experts on households' will consider how existing micro data could be used to produce measures of disparities between groups of households that are consistent with SNA concepts and SNA averages for the household sector.

Objectives and outputs

The first phase of the project (from January 2011 to summer 2011) will focus on tacking stock of information currently available on household income, in-kind transfers, consumption expenditures and, in perspective, wealth as provided by both macro and micro sources, including a description and a comparison of recorded amounts from the two sources.

The second activity (from September 2011 to the summer 2012) will consist in breaking down SNA-aggregates for the household sector using information available from micro-sources (i.e. allocating macro-aggregates among different groups of households) so that measures of disparities, consistent with SNA aggregates, could be constructed. The final outputs will consist of two reports:

i. A report summarizing the current data availability of macro data on household income, consumption and wealth, detailing how these are compiled and assessing how micro-data are used in that process across OECD countries. The report will also present a comparison of micro and macro aggregates.

ii. A report presenting a breakdown on SNA household aggregates for a number of countries in a recent year, based on common methodologies and disaggregation.

The Expert Group will begin its work in early 2011, with final results expected by 2012.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

In 2011 we expect to achieve a better knowledge i) on how the household national accounts are compiled across countries and ii) on gaps between micro and macro data on households' economic resources across countries.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship

Purpose

i) To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

ii) To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

i) The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

ii) In the framework of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme, Business Demography Indicators are collected formally and include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and numbers of high growth firms - all based on common concepts developed in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

The main achievement of this activity include the publication Structural and Demographic Business Statistics (March 2010) and the Statistics Brief No. 15 on Measuring Entrepreneurship (November 2010).

The Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme Steering Group held its sixth meeting in December 2010. This was followed by a Workshop jointly organised by the OECD and Eurostat. The Workshop focused on two categories of entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities.

In addition to the Steering Group, the Secretariat has developed an EIP Network so that additional countries and organisations may remain abreast of the Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme work and participate on an ad hoc basis.

The EIP was presented in several official internal meetings and in Workshops and Conferences held outside the Organisation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania

Databases

SDBS - Business Demography Indicators
SDBS - Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2011 include:

• The extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;
• The development of additional indicators of entrepreneurial performance;
• The publication of the first issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in March 2011.

Data collection:

Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.

Foreign Affiliates in Services

Purpose

To give detailed data on the role played by multinationals in the services sectors of the OECD countries, which concerns inward and outward foreign direct investment.

Objectives and outputs

The database on Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services covers the following variables: number of enterprises, turnover, value added, employment, personnel costs, investments, exports and imports, R&D expenditure and R&D personnel, for inward and outward activities of multinational firms. Data on the activity of parent companies are also requested.

Databases

Foreign Affiliates Trade in Services Database (FATS)

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

This database is going to be merged with the AFA database in a new AMNE database.

The 2010 questionnaire already includes these changes.

The cooperation with EUROSTAT should also become more important in 2011 going towards same definitions and questionnaires, except for the survey on parent companies.

Micro-data on enterprises

Purpose

To develop a large scale database of firm-level information, comparable across countries and industries. The database will contain a broad range of firm-level data, including employment, sales, labour costs, assets, etc., as well as information on the capital structure of firms.

This micro-database aims to complement existing OECD databases on industry and services (SBS, STAN, etc.).

Objectives and outputs

The micro-database is built on the ORBIS database of Bureau Van Dijk covering around 65 million companies across different industries and countries over several years. This database collects information on a broad range of financial and industrial information at the firm-level.

Given that the structure of the original database is not meant to serve research purposes, data is being extracted in a format suitable for analytical work. In addition, a thorough process of data cleaning and double checking is being undertaken to guarantee/increase the quality of the data.

In order to assess the coverage of the original database across industries and countries, existing databases will be used to assess the representativeness of the data.

The database is designed to support the analytical activities of different OECD directorates.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Europe, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

ORBIS

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

• Update of the OECD Orbis database with a new architecture of the database, covering additional company and financial information, and as well ownership data with high quality.

• Analysis of the representativeness of ORBIS data compared to official micro-data available.

• Identification of multinationals and business groups.

• Intra-firm trade estimates.

Data collection:

More comparable information is expected on business demography and Entrepreneurship statistics, especially on the basis of the new Eurostat-OECD manual on Business Demography Statistics.

Production and Sales Indicators

Purpose

To provide short-term economic indicators of production, sales, orders, work started and in progress and stocks for OECD member countries and selected large emerging non-member economies.

Objectives and outputs

All the subjects under the Production and sales are classified under the following six top headings: Production, Sales, Orders, Work started, Work in progress, Stocks. Within each heading, indicators are further classified according to economic activities.

A review of core indicators took place in 2010, with an aim of streamlining the area, and prepare for a less co-ordinated operation between subjects within the MEI database and publications.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_REAL

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

No changes expected.

International Coordination of Services Statistics

Purpose

Given the wide variety of activities carried out by national and international organisations related to service statistics, to improve coordination of international development work on services statistics and facilitate a strategic view of priority needs. To provide an overview of these activities and facilitate communication between international expert groups involved. To identify overlaps, links and gaps in international work on methodological issues and data collection.

Objectives and outputs

Provide a report to the UN Statistics Commission (UNSC) on coordination of services statistics, with proposals on strategy, as requested by UNSC.
Facilitate coordination on service statistics by providing central information point on services statistics developments, gathering information from active groups, and create and maintain web pages on international developments in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

China, Hong Kong, India, Other, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Delivery of services strategy and coordination report to UNSC 2010, with follow up as requested by UNSC. Development of OECD web pages on coordination of services statistics. Continue coordination work and monitoring developments according to guidance from UNSC 2010, Continue to chair and coordinate the work of the Task Force on Statistics on International Trade in Services (TFSITS).

Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis

Purpose

To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

Objectives and outputs

The Statistics Directorate gives the associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Extension, renewal of the editorial board.

Improved and corrected iLibrary appearance.

New issues automatically exported to RePeC.

Training and skills development in SMEs

Purpose

Collection of data through surveys of SMEs in Canada, Turkey, Poland, Belgium, UK and New Zealand.

Objectives and outputs

Survey has more than 700 responses so far from Poland, UK, Belgium, New Zealand and Turkey. Survey to be finalised with inputs from Canada and Turkey and Belgium by March 2011.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Data on microfirms (less than 10 employees) and about formal and informal training.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
5.1 Institutional frameworks and principles, role and organisation of official statistics (OECD)
OECD Enlargement

Purpose

1. Following the accession in 2010 of four countries in the OECD (Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia), to ensure the integration of statistics related to these countries in the Organisation's reporting and information systems and to assist with and monitor improvements to their statistical systems and statistics as required. 2. To co-ordinate reviews of the statistical system and statistics of the Russian Federation (RF) in order to assist Council in taking an informed decision on whether to invite RF to accede to the OECD Convention and become a Member. To collect and review data and metadata from Russian statistical authorities in order to support the examination of economic and other policies by the OECD Committees. 3. Also, to improve and expand the statistical co-operation with the five "enhanced engagement" countries (Brazil, India, Indonesia, China and South Africa). 4. Furthermore, to co-ordinate the development of statistics for G20 countries or other non-members of relevance for the organisation.

Objectives and outputs

This activity is to support the Committee on Statistics in its evaluation of the statistical system and statistics of the Russian Federation, a country selected for possible membership in the OECD. To help the candidate countries integration in the Organisation's reporting and information systems upon accession. The Enlargement Activity will also engage exchanges with the "enhanced engagement" (EE) countries in order to improve our understanding of their statistical policies and programs, and co-ordinate the development of working level statistical projects involving EE countries and OECD Members.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Co-ordination of the development of statistics for G20 or other new areas, promote an enhanced statistical co-operation with Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa and with Argentina and Saudi Arabia as members of the G20.5.3 Quality frameworks and measurement of performance of statistical systems and offices (OECD)
Development and Implementation of the OECD Quality Framework

Purpose

To enhance the quality of OECD statistics, to provide a systematic mechanism for ongoing identification and resolution of quality problems, to increase the transparency of the processes used by the OECD to assure quality, to reinforce the political role of the OECD in the context of an information society.

Objectives and outputs

The framework focuses on improving the quality of data collected, compiled and disseminated by the OECD through an improvement of the Organisation's processes and management, though there will be a positive spillover effect on the quality of data compiled at national level. The framework is composed of four elements: a definition of quality and its dimensions; a procedure for assuring the quality of proposed new statistical activities; a procedure for evaluating the quality of existing statistical activities on a regular basis; and internal quality guidelines covering all phases of the statistical production process.

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following feedback from users, the Quality Framework and Review is undergoing a review to streamline the process and make the focus more quality oriented and to include user input.
Following the review a number of Quality Reviews of OECD Statistical Activities will be carried out during 2011.5.5 Technological resources (including standards for electronic data exchange and data sharing) (OECD)
Supporting evidence-based local strategy making (former Framework for Information Exchange in Local Development)

Purpose

To increase the relevance, efficiency and effectiveness of local economic and employment development policies by supporting the use of appropriate evidence on policy needs and impacts in the design and implementation of local strategies

Objectives and outputs

Main issues to be addressed

1. Obtaining, processing and utilising information from diverse sources on local economic and employment performance, their drivers and enablers and the problems faced.

2. How to undertake sound local evaluation of the impact of existing policies and feed the results back into strategy development.

3. Setting up local evaluation frameworks and developing organisational capacity for the evaluation of strategic planning and delivery.

4. Creating local dashboards of economic and employment development indicators that may be baseline-tracked against targets and milestones and benchmarked over time and with other localities to better understand policy needs and impacts.

Methods:

Assessments will be undertaken in case study countries of the appropriateness of local information and evaluation systems for meeting the challenges of local strategy design and delivery. The assessments will include the degree to which the performance, needs and evaluation indicators used fit with those required to assess the local development model in place, the robustness and reach of the information sources and collection methods, and the systems for management and utilisation of the local development and evaluation information. Guidance will be provided on how to apply international good practice evaluation and strategy-making principles to strengthen information and evaluation systems at the local level, responding to the areas for improvement identified in the case studies. Recommendations will be made for the development of local dashboards of comparable local economic and employment development indicators.

Output:

Practical reports and action plans on developing information and evaluation systems for evidence-based strategy tailored to the needs of countries and localities. The process will also generate valuable learning for participating organisations, create new knowledge drawing on international practices, improve staff skills, create new relationships and networks and enhance evidence-based strategy development processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Latvia

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

On-going activity5.6 Coordination of international statistical work (OECD)
Co-ordination of OECD Statistical Activities

Purpose

To co-ordinate OECD statistical programmes with Eurostat, ECE, IMF, UN and other organisations with respect to both data collection and the development of international statistical standards.

To increase the visibility of statistical activities carried out by the OECD and to co-ordinate internal OECD statistical activities to improve the quality of statistics and the efficiency of the OECD statistical organisation.

Objectives and outputs

Collaborate with other Directorates of the Organisation, with national data providers and with other international organisations to: reinforce the quality of OECD statistical data and the efficiency of statistical activities across the Organisation; improve data collection and data provision on member countries, increase the visibility of OECD statistical work; and contribute to the development of the international statistical system.

Co-ordinate the preparation and publishing of the annual OECD statistical programme of work and the new Brochure on OECD Statistics.

Improvement in the consistency of data collected and disseminated by the OECD through the development of the OECD statistical information system and co-ordination of the migration of existing statistical activities towards the new statistical information system. Provide linkages with similar facilities in other international organisations and national agencies.

Further improve relationships with national statistical activities and improve international co-operation between OECD member countries and several non-member countries in the area of statistics through the OECD Committee on Statistics, composed of Heads of National Statistical Agencies.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

OECD statistical programme of work

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Following completion of accession activities for four countries in 2009-2010, 2011 will see continuation of the accession activities with Russia. In addition, coordination with enhanced engagement countries will be significantly reinforced. Finally, efforts will be made to improve collaboration and advice on statistical activities with OECD policy committees via the Committee on Statistics.5.7 Technical cooperation and capacity building programmes (OECD)
PARIS21 Partnership in Statistics for Development in the 21st Century

Purpose

PARIS21 is a partnership of national, regional and international statisticians, policy makers, analysts, development professionals and other users and producers of statistics, including civil society. PARIS21's goal is to develop a culture of Management for Development Results.

Objectives and outputs

PARIS21 activities focus on assisting all low-income and lower middle income countries in the design, implementation, and monitoring of National Strategies for the Development of Statistics (NSDS). PARIS21 carries out this work through i) facilitating the co-ordination of stakeholders to better address an evolving agenda, ii) advocating for increased involvement of national stakeholders in statistical development and enhancing the status of statistics in major international initiatives, iii) promote better-quality and effectively implemented NSDSs, and iv) stimulating increased demand for and better use of data. Co-ordination activates include the annual Partner Report on Support to Statistics, which provides an inventory of global support to statistical development, and the creation of national (country-donor) partnerships to discuss statistical issues. Advocacy activities have included the production of national booklets promoting the importance of statistics in poverty reduction decision-making processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Throughout 2011, PARIS21 and its partners will update and enrich the NSDS guidelines to include best practices collected over the past several years.


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
Central Government Debt Statistics

Purpose

To provide an analytical tool primarily to government debt managers as well as to financial analysts including policy analysts, security analysts, commercial financial institutions, research analysts, etc. This work is carried out under the auspices of the Working Party on Government Debt Management.

The publication "Central Government Debt - Statistical Yearbook" provides annual statistics on central government debt instruments in the 34 OECD countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance; it excludes state and local government debt and social security funds. The main focus of the statistics is marketable debt instruments as well as duration and average term to maturity of domestic, foreign and total debt.

In addition, the publication provides individual country notes including methodological information such as a description of debt instruments and selling techniques in each country.

Objectives and outputs

In the 2011 edition of the statistical yearbook, 3 new OECD Member countries will be added: Estonia, Israel and Slovenia.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

World

Databases

Central Government Debt Statistics

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

Collection and publication of 2010 data.

Data collection:

2010 data and more historical data for the recent OECD Member countries (Chile, Estonia, Israel, Slovenia).

Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government

Purpose

To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on fiscal equalisation, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance.

Objectives and outputs

Collection of two datasets:

• Indicators of tax autonomy of sub-central governments

• Indicators of the composition of intergovernmental grants

Databases

Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2011

General aspects:

More data will be available on OECD.stat

Monitoring of Private Pension Systems: Global Pension Statistics

Purpose

Launched in 2002 this exercise provides a unique source of comparable statistics and indicators of funded pension plan systems from an international perspective and also facilitates cross-country comparisons of the most up-to-date statistics and indicators on key aspects of funded retirement systems across OECD and non-OECD countries. It aims to provide information about the main trends and features of funded pension plan systems in a clear and concise format.

Objectives and outputs

It aims to provide in a compact manner a comparative overview of the importance and structure of private and funded pension systems across OECD and non-OECD countries us